Quarterlytics / Asset Management / Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited

Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited

bsif · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker bsif
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Asset Management
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
D
E
V
R
E
S
E
R
S
T
H
G
I
R
L
L
A

.

1
2
0
2
©

ANNUAL  REPORT  AND  FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

30 JUNE
2021

COMPANY REGISTRATION NO:  56708          

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

02  General Information
03  Highlights
04  Corporate Summary
05  Chairman’s Statement
08  The Company’s Investment Portfolio
09  Analysis of the Company’s Investment Portfolio
10  Strategic Report
20  Report of the Investment Adviser
45  Environmental, Social and Governance Report
54  Report of the Directors
57  Board of Directors

 in Respect of the Annual Report

58  Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities
58  Responsibility Statement of the Directors 
59  Corporate Governance Report 
64  Report of the Audit Commitee
66  Independent Auditor’s Report
70  Statement of Financial Position
71  Statement of Comprehensive Income
72  Statement of Changes in Equity
73  Statement of Cash Flows
74  Notes to the Financial Statement 
85  Glossary of Defined Terms
88  Alternate Performance Measures

 for the year ended 30 June 2021

01ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
General Information

Board of Directors (all non-executive)

JOHN RENNOCKS 
(Chairman) 

JOHN SCOTT 
(Senior Independent 
Director) 

PAUL LE PAGE 
(Chairman of Audit 
Committee) 

Registered Office 
PO Box 286, 
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court, 
Les Banques, 
St Peter Port, 
Guernsey, GY1 4LY

Investment Adviser
Bluefield Partners LLP
6 New Street Square
London, EC4A 3BF

LAURENCE MCNAIRN

MERIEL LENFESTEY

JAMES ARMSTRONG
Managing Partner

GIOVANNI TERRANOVA
Managing Partner

NEIL WOOD
Partner

Administrator, Company Secretary & Designated Manager
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited 
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, 
St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4LY

Independent Auditor & Reporting Accountants
KPMG Channel Islands Limited
Glategny Court, Glategny Esplanade
St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 1WR

Registrar
Link Market Services (Guernsey) Limited
Mont Crevelt House
Bulwer Avenue, St Sampson
Guernsey, GY2 4LH

Receiving Agent & UK Transfer Agent
Link Asset Services Limited
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU

Sponsor, Broker & Financial Adviser
Numis Securities Limited
45 Gresham Street
London, EC2V 7BF

Legal Advisers to the Company (as to English law)
Norton Rose Fulbright LLP
3 More London Riverside
London, SE1 2AQ

Legal Advisers to the Company (as to Guernsey law)
Carey Olsen
PO Box 98, Carey House
Les Banques, St Peter Port
Guernsey, GY1 4BZ

Principal Bankers
NatWest International plc
35 High Street, St Peter Port
Guernsey, GY1 4BE

02ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTSHighlights
As at 30 June 2021 / 30 June 2020

Net Asset Value (NAV)
£471.4m  £433.5m

Dividend Target per Share
8.00pps  7.90pps

NAV per Share
115.83p 117.01p

Total return to Shareholders 
since IPO
74.79%  79.89%

Results Summary

Total operating income

For the year ended 
30 June 2021

£25,921,639

Total comprehensive income 

£24,517,576

Total underlying earnings1

£48,663,667

IFRS Earnings per share

Underlying EPS available for distribution 
(including brought forward reserves)5 

Total declared dividends per share for year

6.25p

11.09p

8.00p

Earnings per share carried forward (See Page 37)

2.67p

Underlying 
Earnings1 
(pre amortisation of debt)
£48.6m 
£44.6m

Underlying 
Earnings 
per share1 
(pre amortisation of debt) 
11.34p 
12.03p

Underlying 
Earnings 
per share 1
(post amortisation of debt)
9.16p
9.53p

Total return to 
Shareholders2

MWh Generated 
per MWp3

(3.79%) 
4.70%

939
1048

NAV per share 

1.   Underlying earnings is an alternative performance measure employed by the Company to provide insight to the Shareholders by linking 
the underlying financial performance of the operational projects to the dividends declared and paid by the Company. Further detail is 
provided on page 36.

2.  Total return to Shareholders is based on share price movement and dividends paid in the year.
3.  Excludes assets invested during the period. 

Share Price as at 30 June 2021

Total return6

Total return to shareholders7 

115.83p

121.40p

5.83%

(3.79)%

Environmental, Social 
& Governance (ESG)

Delivered Carbon Savings of 127,000 
tonnes  of  CO2e  -  which  amounts 
to  over  57,000  passenger  vehicles 
taken off the road for one year4

Forward Focus

Further  investment  into  the  Company’s  solar  and 
battery  development  pipeline  has  increased  it  to  a 
combined total of C.700MW;

In  July  2021,  the  Company  completed  its  maiden 
wind  investment,  acquiring  109  small  scale  UK 
onshore  wind  turbines  with  the  potential  for  future 
re-powering  with 
initial 
consideration of £63m.

larger  turbines  for  an 

4.  The equivalent number of vehicles is calculated using a UK government conversion factor based on a medium sized petrol car.

Total return to shareholders since inception8

74.79%

Dividends per share paid since inception

53.39p

5.  Underlying EPS is calculated using underlying earnings available for distribution 

divided by the average number of shares.

6.  Total return is based on NAV per share movement and dividends paid in the year.
7.  Total return to Shareholders is based on share price movement and dividends paid 

in the year.

8.  Total  return  to  Shareholders  since  inception  is  an  alternative  performance 
measure based on share price movement and dividends paid since the IPO. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS03Corporate Summary 

Investment objective
The investment objective of the Company is to provide Shareholders with an 
attractive  return,  principally  in  the  form  of  regular  income  distributions,  by 
being  invested  in  solar  energy  assets  located  in  the  UK.  The  Company  also 
has the ability to invest a minority of its capital into wind, hydro and energy 
storage assets.

Structure
The  Company  is  a  non-cellular  company  limited  by  shares  incorporated  in 
Guernsey under the Law on 29 May 2013. The Company’s registration number 
is  56708,  and  it  is  regulated  by  the  GFSC  as  a  registered  closed-ended 
collective investment scheme and as a Green Fund after successful application 
under  the  Guernsey  Green  Fund  Rules  to  the  GFSC  on  16  April  2019.  The 
Company’s  Ordinary  Shares  were  admitted  to  the  Premium  Segment  of  the 
Official List and to trading on the Main Market of the LSE following its IPO on 
12  July  2013.  The  issued  capital  during  the  year  comprises  the  Company’s 
Ordinary Shares denominated in Sterling.

The  Company  has  the  ability  to  use  long  term  and  short  term  debt  at  the 
holding company level, as well as having long term, non-recourse debt at the 
SPV level.

Investment Adviser
The  Investment  Adviser  to  the  Company  during  the  period  was  Bluefield 
Partners  LLP  which  is  authorised  and  regulated  by  the  UK  FCA  under  the 
number  507508.  In  May  2015  Bluefield  Services  Limited  (BSL),  a  company 
with  the  same  ownership  as  the  Investment  Adviser,  commenced  providing 
asset management services to the investment SPVs held by BSIFIL. In August 
2017 Bluefield Operations Limited (BOL), a company with the same ownership 
as the Investment Adviser, commenced providing operation and maintenance 
services to the Company and provides services to 50 of the investment SPVs 
held by BSIFIL as at year end. 

In  December  2020  Bluefield  Renewable  Developments  Limited  (BRD),  a 
company  with  the  same  ownership  as  the  Investment  Adviser,  commenced 
providing the Company with new build development opportunities.

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS04Chairman’s Statement 

Introduction
As  I  wrote  in  my  Chairman’s  statement  in  the  previous  annual  report,  due 
to  the  Covid-19  pandemic  the  period  since  March  2020  has  again  been  a 
remarkable one.

During  this  time  the  UK,  along  with  many  other  countries  across  the  globe, 
has entered and exited a number of lockdowns. However, as the immunisation 
programme gathered momentum both at home and abroad, easing of social 
restrictions and the resumption of international travel mean it is with cautious 
optimism  that  we  are  now  able  to  look  forward  to  a  point  where  life  and 
activity resumes under new Covid-19 norms.

Looking  back  over  the  year  ended  30  June  2021,  the  Board  is  particularly 
pleased with the way the Company and Investment Adviser have handled the 
complications to working life that the Covid-19 pandemic has presented. 

The principal features of the period under review have been:

•  Shareholders  provided  approval  of  ability  to  invest  outside  of  solar 

infrastructure assets, notably in wind and energy storage.

•  Shareholders approved an update to the Company’s dividend policy.

•  The  Company  completed,  for  a  combined  value  of  up  to  £195.6  million 
(including  working  capital),  the  acquisition  of  both  a  portfolio  of  15  UK 
ground mounted operating PV assets and a single 70MWp asset.

•  The Company, working with its development partners Bluefield Renewable 
Developments, Lightrock Power and Anglo Renewables, achieved planning 
consent  in  November  2020  for  a  50MWp  PV  plant  whilst  its  proprietary 
pipeline of subsidy free solar and battery developments grew to c.770MWp.

•  The  Company,  through  two  over-subscribed  share  issues,  successfully 
raised £45m in November 2020, followed by a further £105.1m raise post 
period end in July 2021.

•  Two major milestones were passed post the end of the reporting period as 
the Company completed the acquisitions of its first wind assets (a portfolio 
of 109 wind turbines for £63m) alongside its first ready to build, co-located 
45MWp  solar  and  25MWp  battery  opportunity  for  £5m  (including  land 
rights to the site).

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS05•  Power  prices  rose  from  a  low  of  £24.18/MWh  in 
April 2020, during the first wave of the pandemic, 
to  a  twelve  month  high  in  December  2020 
£54.98/MWh  before  rising  dramatically  during 
H1  2021  to  highs  of  £95m/MWh  in  May/June 
2021  as  both  gas  and  carbon  pricing  jumped 
significantly  while  the  global  recovery  from  the 
pandemic accelerated.

•  Despite varying degrees of lockdown restrictions, 
the Company’s principal O&M provider, Bluefield 
Operations,  has  continued 
full 
contractual services and is a key element behind 
the highly pleasing technical performance of the 
portfolio.

to  provide 

These themes are dealt with in more detail below.

At  the  year  end  the  Net  Asset  Value  per  share  in 
the  Company  was  115.83pps  (30  June  2020: 
117.01pps), with on target dividends declared for the 
period  totalling  8.00pps.  The  share  price  declined 
from 134.5p at 30 June 2020 to 121.4p at 30 June 
2021,  due  largely  to  a  de-rating  of  the  renewable 
generation  sector  following  heavy  issuance.  This 
equates  to  a  total  return  for  Shareholders  for  the 
period  of  -3.79%.  At  the  time  of  writing,  the  share 
price  has  recovered  marginally  in  the  post  year 
end  period.  The  performance  of  the  assets  of  the 
Company  and  how  this  is  reflected  in  returns  to 
Shareholders  is  set  out  in  detail  in  the  Investment 
Adviser’s report on page 37.

Key Events
During  the  period,  in  August  2020,  the  Company 
completed  the  acquisition  of  15  solar  plants 
totalling 64.2 MWp (a mixture of FiT and ROC assets 
with  an  average  ROC  of  1.8)  and  then,  in  January 
2021,  announced  the  acquisition  of  Bradenstoke 
Solar  Farm,  a  1.4  ROC,  70MWp  ground  mounted 
solar farm located in Wiltshire whilst considerable 
progress  has  also  been  made  with  respect  to 
the  Company’s  solar  and  battery  development 
activities.

At  the  time  of  writing  the  total  pipeline  currently 
stands  at  593MWp  of  solar  (with  81MWp  currently 
in  planning  and  a  further  c.254MWp  close  to 
submission)  and  179MWp  of  battery  projects  (of 
which a co-located 19MWp project is in planning).

Furthermore,  two  highly  significant  transactions 
have  been  completed  post  period  end,  in  August 
2021;  the  first  was  the  purchase  of  a  portfolio  of 
109  operational  wind  turbines  for  approximately 
£63m and the second the project rights to a ready to 
build  co-located  45MWp  solar  and  25MWp  battery 
opportunity  (Please  see  the  Acquisitions  section 
of  the  Investment  Adviser’s  report  on  page  21  for 
further details).

The  Board  is  particularly  encouraged  by  these 
post  period  end  acquisitions  as  they  marked  the 
first  investments  made  by  the  Company  into  non-
solar  technologies  since  Shareholders  approved  a 
broadening of the Company’s mandate in July 2020.

With both the operational solar and wind acquisitions 
benefitting  from  high  proportions  of  regulated 
revenue,  they  not  only  underpin  our  objective  to 
leading  earnings  and  dividend 
sustain  market 
payments in the years ahead, but also enable us to 
build on the excellent asset performance which has 
contributed  to  our  ability  to  convert  high  levels  of 
irradiation into generation and revenues.

that 

the  Board 

is  pleased 

Beyond  growing  the  earnings  potential  of  the 
Company, 
these 
investments, totalling c.£263 million, were financed 
by  successful  equity  raises  in  November  2020 
of  £45m  and  £105.1m  in  July  2021  as  well  as  a 
carefully structured mix of the Company’s increased 
and  extended  £100m  RCF  and  a  bespoke  3  year 
£110m term loan from NatWest with an associated 
interest rate hedge. 

At the time of writing, the Group’s total outstanding 
debt  has  increased  to  c.£340.4  million  and  its 
leverage level stands at c.37% of GAV; comfortably 
in line with the range the Directors have previously 
outlined  as  desirable  for  the  Company  of  between 
35% - 45%.

Finally, the Board and the Investment Adviser were 
delighted to achieve planning consent in November 
2020  with  respect  to  Yelvertoft  Solar  Farm,  a 
50MWp plant located in Northamptonshire. We have 
exercised  our  option  to  construct  the  project  and 
we  are  looking  forward  to  updating  Shareholders 
on  construction  timings  for  both  this  plant  and  the 
co-located 45MWp solar and 25MWp battery project 
in  the  coming  months.  Consent  for  the  Company’s 
first  subsidy-free  development  project  marks 
an  important  milestone  for  the  Company  and  its 
ambition to support the de-carbonisation of the UK’s 
electricity  network,  and  the  UK  Government’s  net-
zero ambitions. 

As  ever,  the  Investment  Adviser  continues  to 
evaluate  further  solar,  wind  and  battery  storage 
investment  opportunities  and 
the  Board  will 
continue to ensure that these potential new projects 
are  capable  of  enhancing  dividends  by  a  judicious 
use of debt and equity financing. 

Underlying Earnings and Dividend Income
The  Underlying  Earnings 
for  the  period,  pre 
amortisation of long-term finance, were £48.6m or 
11.34pps  and  underlying  earnings  for  distribution, 
post  debt  repayments  of  £9.3m  (2.17pps),  of 
£39.3m (9.16pps).

The  on-target  operational  performance  of  the 
Company’s  portfolio  over  the  period  to  30  June 
2021, combined with the benefit of brought forward 
reserves  of  1.93pps  (adjusted  for  the  new  shares 
issued  in  the  period  to  30  June  2021),  as  well 
brought forward earnings (1.18pps) of the two solar 
acquisitions  (being  January  2020  for  the  64MWp 
portfolio  and  April  2020  for  the  70MWp  project) 
made  during  the  period,  means  the  Company  has 
exceeded  the  earnings  required  to  support  its 
dividend  target  of  8.00pps  for  the  year  to  30  June 
2021, allowing the Company to retain its position as 
the sector’s highest dividend distributor (on a pence 
per share basis).

Further details of Underlying Earnings are set out in 
the Investment Adviser’s Report on page 36.

Valuation and Discount Rate
Valuation  methodology  remains  consistent  with 
previous reporting periods, with the Board receiving 
a  valuation  recommendation  from  the  Investment 
Adviser which is derived from a comprehensive DCF 
model.  This  valuation  is  then  benchmarked,  on  a 
capacity  basis,  against  comparable  transactional 
activity for UK based solar assets. 

As a result of successful asset extension activity by 
the Investment Adviser over the past 12 months, as 
well  as  wider  market  assumptions  now  deployed 
on  asset  length,  the  Directors’  Valuation  as  at  30 
June  2021  now  includes  490MWp  (c.80%  of  the 
portfolio by capacity) being valued on the basis of an 
additional 5 - 15 years of operational life, resulting in 
a weighted average life of the portfolio of 30.2 years 
(vs.  27.4  years  in  June  2020),  reflecting  both  new 
acquisitions and asset life extensions.

The  equity  discount  rate  of  6.00%  remains 
unchanged  from  30  June  2020,  however  following 
the  Spring  Budget  in  2021,  the  tax  rate  within  the 
valuation  has  been  increased  from  19%  to  25% 
from April 2023 for the remaining life of each asset. 
The  Directors’  Valuation  also  includes  the  latest 
power  curves,  available  as  at  30  June  2021,  from 
three leading forecasters.

policy 

balances 
valuation 
The  Company’s 
recommendations  from  the  Investment  Adviser 
(as a product of a comprehensive DCF model) with 
benchmarking  against  comparable  transactional 
activity  for  UK  based  solar  assets.  As  a  result  of 
the  continued  demand  for  subsidised  solar  assets, 
the  range  of  values  witnessed  by  the  Investment 
Adviser and Board for assets equivalent to those in 
the Company’s portfolio remains between £1.20m/
MWp and £1.40m/MWp.

By  valuing  the  Company’s  operational  portfolio  at 
an  Enterprise  Value  of  £770.1m  (£1.26m/MWp), 
the  Directors’  Valuation  as  at  30  June  2021  sits 
sensibly at the lower end of precedent public market 
transactions  and  in  keeping  with  the  Company’s 
valuation  methodology  of 
‘willing  buyer/willing 
seller’. 

STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS06STRATEGIC REPORT

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Power Prices and BREXIT Impact
From the historic lows seen in Q2 2020, as the UK Government placed 
the  country  into  a  nationwide  lockdown  in  response  to  the  Covid-19 
pandemic,  power  prices  rose  steadily  during  the  second  half  of 
2020  (increasing  from  £24.18/MWh  in  April  2020  to  £54.98MWh  in 
December 2020). 

This increase in pricing has not only accelerated during H1 2021 across 
both  day  ahead  (£79.21  per  MWh  in  June  2021)  and  season  ahead 
(Winter 21 baseload reached highs of £95.35 per MWh) and continues 
to rise at the time of writing. 

This  increase  in  baseload  pricing  from  December  2020  has  been 
driven by a combination of factors; easing of national and international 
restrictions,  rising  carbon  pricing  (which  returned  to  pre  pandemic 
levels) and increasing gas prices as re-opening the global economy has 
coincided with extended outages in the UK on both nuclear and fossil-
fuelled generating stations, as well below average winter temperatures.

The Company’s flexible PPA strategy has meant it was able to manage 
the timing of power price fixes to avoid the lows in April 2020, before 
carefully  fixing  selected  asset  tranches  to  take  advantage  of  rising 
power prices during the second half of 2020 and first half of 2021. 

As  such,  the  average  contracted  price  for  the  portfolio  achieved  per 
MWh  for  contracts  starting  post  30  June  2021  of  £61.7  per  MWh  is 
considerably  higher  than  the  average  contracted  price  for  the  twelve 
month period to 30 June 2021 of £48.20 per MWh (vs. day ahead base 
load price of £58.02 per MWh for the same period).

On 24 December 2020 the UK and EU finally reached a post-Brexit trade 
deal, one week before the end of the transition period. Whilst the deal 
provides a framework for future energy market relations between the UK 
and EU, Great Britain will no longer be part of the Internal Energy Market 
(“IEM”),  and  some  uncertainty  remains  over  the  future  of  GB  carbon 
pricing and cross border electricity trading across interconnectors. 

Whilst plans are in place to develop models to address both of these 
issues and GB carbon pricing has broadly tracked that of the EU during 
2021,  the  lack  of  certainty  in  the  short  term  has  led  to  increased 
volatility in day ahead and intraday power prices. 

At the time of writing, it is clear that the UK economy is experiencing 
inflationary pressures and that, in the short term, RPI is likely to exceed 
the 3% level which is embedded in our financial forecasts. Economic 
commentators  are  divided  on  whether  this  will  be  a  short-lived 
phenomenon,  or  whether  higher  inflation  will  endure  for  some  time. 
In addition to increasing our operating costs, inflation has immediate 
consequences  for  your  Company:  it  increases  the  interest  payments 
on  the  inflation-linked  segment  our  long  term  debt  (currently  some 

£64  million),  but  the  cost  of  this  is  more  than  compensated  by  the 
indexation provisions in our regulated revenues.

Looking beyond the near term and out over the next 20 years, whilst de-
carbonisation is expected to drive an increase in demand for electricity, 
medium to long term power price predictions have been lowered (from 
predictions in June 2020 and December 2020) as forecasters continue 
to  predict  that,  despite  rising  demand  for  electricity,  pricing  will  be 
suppressed  by  falling  commodity  prices  and  increased  renewable 
generation post-2030. (Please see page 38 in the Investment Adviser’s 
report  for  a  graph  illustrating  the  blended  power  curves  used  by  the 
Company in the Directors’ Valuation.)

Covid-19 Contingency Planning
As I have outlined in my previous two Chairman’s Statements (for June 
2020 and December 2020), the Board has been happy with the services 
provided in relation to technical management of the Company’s portfolio 
by  Bluefield  Services  and  Bluefield  Operations  during  the  extended 
period of the Covid-19 pandemic. Despite numerous lockdowns, both 
companies  have  continued  to  provide  full  and  uninterrupted  services 
- a credit to the management of the businesses and the dedication of 
their staff. 

The Board would like to express its thanks to the Investment Adviser 
and all its staff for their exceptional efforts in supporting the Company 
during this unprecedented period. 

Environmental, Social and Governance
I  have  previously  discussed  how  ESG  considerations  have  become 
increasingly important to Shareholders over the past few years and the 
pandemic has only served to accelerate this view. 

However,  as  we  have  also  outlined,  one  consequence  of  this  for 
Shareholders  is  that  it  can  be  difficult  to  understand  the  basis  upon 
which companies are making ESG disclosures and whether companies’ 
ESG policies are correctly identifying both the risks and opportunities 
that ESG considerations are creating. 

In response to this, the Board and the Investment Adviser have been 
working on the completion of a Materiality study in order to provide a 
clear  and  transparent  ESG  ‘audit’  of  the  Company;  the  results  of  this 
comprehensive review, I am delighted to advise, are published in the 
ESG section on page 45. 

In  addition  to  the  above  I  have  instigated  a  Board  refreshment 
programme as this  year marks the  8th anniversary  of  the Company’s 
listing  on  the  LSE  and  I  shall  advise  shareholders  of  our  initial  Board 
changes ahead of the AGM.

TURBINE, HARROGATE, FROM WIND PORTFOLIO ACQUIRED JULY 2021

Conclusion
The  recent  activities  of  the  Company  have  been 
immensely  pleasing.  After  a  period  of  portfolio 
consolidation, the Company has not only acquired 
over  134MWp  of  solar  projects  with  a  high 
proportion  of  regulated  revenues,  but  crucially 
(post period end) has made maiden investments 
into an operational onshore wind portfolio and a 
consented  co-located  solar  and  battery  storage 
project. 

Whilst it is disappointing to see a compression in 
the share price premiums enjoyed by the Company 
and  its  renewable  peers,  the  Board  believes  that 
the  diversification  of  the  Company’s  portfolio 
and its share register, mark a key inflection point 
in  the  life  of  the  Company.  I  am  grateful  to  both 
our existing and new shareholders and my Board 
colleagues for their support in a busy year.

John Rennocks
Chairman
4 October 2021

07The Company’s 
Investment 
Portfolio

The Company has a 
geographically diverse group 
of assets containing a range of 
proven solar technology and 
infrastructure.

21

49

7

34

35

60

33

36

47

1

42

41

46

39

40

54

22

63

24

23

25

65

66

67

62

38

37

4

10

12

57

Recently aquired
 assets

6

11

13

18

17

16

59

Existing 
assets

9

14

15

8

5

58

56

55

19

MULTIPLE SITES

50

20 Sites

68

9 Sites

69

11 Sites

48

53

52

51

27

64

28

29

26

45

44

30

3

2

20

61

32

31

Cambridgeshire

Essex

1

2

3

BLACKBUSH
Wittlesey 3.4 MWp 
HOBACK
Royston 17.5 MWp
STOW LONGA
Stow Longa 5.3 MWp

Cornwall

4

5

6

EASTCOTT
Bude 5.0 MWp 
NORTH BEER
Launceston 6.9 MWp
TRETHOSA
St Austell 4.8 MWp

Derbyshire

7

BURNASTON
Burnaston 4.1 MWp 

Devon

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

BEAFORD
Winkleigh 5.2 MWp
BIDWELL
Dartington 6.1 MWp 
CAPELANDS
Barnstaple 8.4 MWp 
FOXCOMBE
Hollacombe 5.3 MWp
LANGLANDS
Ashill 2.1 MWp 
LITTLE BEAR
Exeter 5.0 MWp 
OLD STONE
Totnes  5.0 MWp
PLACE BARTON
Totnes  5.0 MWp

Dorset

16

17

18

19

EAST FARM 
Overmoigne 5.0 MWp 
HOLLY FARM
Overmoigne 5.0 MWp
GALTON MANOR 
Overmoigne 3.8 MWp
NOTTINGTON
Buckland Ripers 6.0 MWp

43

23

BARVILLS
East Tilbury 3.2 MWp

Fife

21

WORMIT
Wormit 5.0 MWp

20

22

Gloucestershire
GRANGE
Newent 5.0 MWp
GRETTON
Gretton 4.9 MWp
NORTON HALL
Mickleton 2.8 MWp
STANTWAY
Westbury 1.8 MWp

24

25

26

Hampshire
ROMSEY
Romsey 5.0 MWp 
SAXLEY
Andover 5.9 MWp
SOUTHWICK
Fareham 47.9 MWp

27

28

Isle of Wight
DURRANTS
Newport 5.0 MWp

29

Kent 

30

31

32

LITTLEBOURNE
Canterbury 17.0 MWp
MOLEHILL
Herne Bay 18.0 MWp
SHEPPEY
Isle of Sheppey 10.6 MWp

33

Leicestershire
GYPSUM
Sileby 4.5 MWp
LOUNT FARM
Ashby-de-la-Zouch 2.5 MWp
THORNTON
Thornton 3.6 MWp

34

35

Lincolnshire

36

FOLLY LANE
Boston 4.8 MWp

Pembrokeshire
ABERPORTH
Cardigan 1.4 MWp

54

Newport 

37

38

COURT FARM
Llanmartin 5.0 MWp
HAZEL
Newport 2.8 MWp

Norfolk

39

40

41

42

42

43

44

45

46

BUNNS HILL
North Walsham 5.0 MWp
FROGS LOKE
North Walsham 5.0 MWp
HALL FARM
East Beckham 11.4 MWp 
HARDINGHAM
Wicklewood 14.9 MWp
HARDINGHAM X
Wicklewood 5.2 MWp
OULTON
Oulton 5.0 MWp 
ROOKERY
Attleborough 5.0 MWp
SALHOUSE 
Norwich 5.0 MWp
WEST RAYNHAM
West Raynham 50.0 MWp

Northamptonshire

47

48

CORBY
Corby 0.5 MWp
KISLINGBURY
Kislingbury 5.0 MWp 

North Yorkshire

49

KELLINGLEY
Beal 5.0 MWp

Oxfordshire

50

51

52

53

BUTTERISS DOWNS
20 Sites 0.8 MWp 
ELMS
Wantage 28.9 MWp 
GOOSEWILLOW 
Steventon 16.9 MWp 
HILL FARM
Abingdon 15.2 MWp

Somerset

55

56

57

58

59

ASHLAWN
Axbridge 6.6 MWp

CLAPTON
Cucklington 5.0 MWp 
COBBS CROSS
Bridgewater 5.7 MWp
LOWER MARSH
Taunton 5.9 MWp
REDLANDS
Bridgwater 6.2 MWp

Staffordshire
WILLOWS
Uttoxeter 5.0 MWp

60

Sussex

61

PASHLEY
Bexhill on Sea 11.5 MWp

Swansea

62

BETINGAU
Swansea 10.0 MWp

Warwickshire
TOLLGATE
Leamington Spa 4.3 MWp

63

Wiltshire

64

65

66

67

BIG FIELD
Hamptworth 5.0 MWp 
BRADENSTOKE
Chippenham 70.0 MWp
PENTYLANDS
Highworth 19.2 MWp
ROVES
Sevenhampton  12.7 MWp

68

Multiple Locations
PROMOTHAMES
9 Sites  0.4MWp
GOSHAWK
11 Sites 1.1 MWp 

69

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS08Analysis of the Company’s Investment Portfolio 

The Company’s investment portfolio, analysed by geography, revenue type, subsidy tariff, module supplier 
and inverter supplier, as at 30 June 2021 is as follows:

Conergy 1.7%

AEG 2.2%

Other Suppliers
3.2%

S-Energy 2.4%

Trina 18.3%

Leicestershire 1.7%

Sussex 1.9%

Gloucestershire 2.4%

Cornwall 2.7%

Dorset 3.2%

Cambridgeshire
4.3%

Somerset 4.8%

Other Counties

10.2%

Wiltshire 
17.4%

GEOGRAPHICAL
ANALYSIS

Norfolk 
17.4%

FiT
7.2%

PPA
38.0%

Hareon 4.2%

REC 4.6%

Yingli 4.6%

Qcells 5.0%

JA Solar
9.4%

MODULE
SUPPLIER

Jinko Solar 
12.5%

Hanwha
11.9%

Astroenergy
9.9%

Canadian Solar 
10.2%

Refusol
1.1%

Devon
6.9%

Kent
7.4%

Hampshire 
9.6%

1.2 ROC
21.5%

Note: Graph percentages are based on capacity

* Revenue is based on the Company’s 

operating portfolio of 613 MWp and does 
not include estimated ROC Recycle Revenue

1.3 ROC
9.8%

Oxfordshire
10.1%

FiT 
4.1%

2.0 ROC
4.6%

SUBSIDY
SCHEME

REVENUE
TYPE*

Gamesa
1.6%

Danfoss 2.2%

Advanced Energy 2.9%

SolarMax 7.1%

Other Suppliers
1.1%

Power Electonics
29.1%

1.6 ROC
19.6%

ROC Buyout 
54.8%

Schneider
11.0%

INVERTER
SUPPLIER

1.4 ROC 
40.4%

SMA
14.0%

Huawei
14.8%

Power One
15.2%

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS09Strategic Report 

1. Company’s Objectives and Strategy

The  Company  seeks  to  provide  Shareholders  with  an 
attractive,  sustainable  return,  principally  in  the  form  of 
quarterly income distributions, by investing in a portfolio of 
large-scale UK based solar and wind energy infrastructure 
assets.  The  Company  had  a  dividend  target  that  was 
increased at the end of each financial year in line with RPI 
during the financial year. This was amended to a progressive 
dividend  target  following  a  shareholder  vote  on  6  July 
2020.  Subject  to  maintaining  a  prudent  level  of  reserves, 
the Company aims to achieve this through optimisation of 
asset  performance,  acquisitions  and  the  use  of  gearing. 
The Company’s dividend target for the financial year ended 
30  June  2021  is  8.00pps  and  the  Company  has  declared 
four interim dividends totalling this amount.

The  Operational  and  Financial  Review  section  on  page  13 
provides further information relating to performance during 
the year.

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS102. Company’s Operating Model

Structure
The  Company  holds  and  manages  its  investments 
through a UK limited company, BSIFIL, in which it is 
the sole shareholder. 

Shareholders

Equity 
Ownership

Services

Investment Advisory 
Agreement

Investment Adviser 
BLUEFIELD PARTNERS LLP

Investment Advisory 
Agreement

Independent Board
5 INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
(Investment Policy, Auditing 
and Reporting)

Shareholders

Company Management

Service Providers

Company Advisers & 
Service Providers
(Company Secretary, 
Legal, Corporate Broking, 
Public Relations)

Long Term 
Finance Provider
AVIVA 

LTF Agreement

RCF Agreement

Revolving 
Credit Facility
ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND

INVESTMENT

Parent 
Bluefield Solar 
Income Fund Limited
(Guernsey: LSE Listed,
 July 2013)

INVESTMENT

Portfolio Holding 
Company 
Bluefield SIF 
Investment Limited (UK)

SPV Level Management and services contracts

Asset Manager
BLUEFIELD SERVICES 
LIMITED

Asset Management Agreement

INVESTMENT

O&M Contractor
BLUEFIELD OPERATIONS 
LIMITED

O&M Services

New Build 
Development Partner
BLUEFIELD RENEWABLE 
DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

Project Development Agreement

SPVs
(Portfolio Investments held in 
SPVs ultimately owned by the 
holding company)

is 

responsible 

independent  Board 

Management
Board and Committees
The 
to 
Shareholders  for  the  overall  management  of  the 
Company.  The  Board  has  adopted  a  Schedule 
of  Matters  Reserved  for  the  Board  which  sets 
out  the  particular  duties  of  the  Board.  Such 
reserved  powers  include  decisions  relating  to  the 
determination  of  investment  policy,  approval  of 
new  investments,  oversight  of  the  Investment 
Adviser,  approval  of  changes 
in  strategy,  risk 
assessment, Board composition, capital structure, 
statutory  obligations  and  public  disclosure, 
financial  reporting  and  entering  into  any  material 
contracts by the Company.

Through  the  Committees  and  the  use  of  external 
independent advisers, the Board manages risk and 
governance of the Company. The Board consists of 
five independent non-executive Directors, three of 
whom  are  Guernsey  residents.  See  the  Corporate 
Governance Report for further details.

Investment Adviser
The  Investment  Adviser’s  key  responsibilities 
include  identifying  and  recommending  suitable 
investments  for  the  Company  and  negotiating  the 
terms on which such investments will be made. 

Through  a  Technical  Services  Agreement  with 
BSIFIL the Investment Adviser is also responsible for 
all issues relating to the supervision and monitoring 
of  existing  investments  (included  within  the  fee 
cap  under  the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement). 
The Company has appointed BSL, a company with 
the  same  ownership  as  the  Investment  Adviser, 
to  provide  asset  management  services  for  the 
Company’s  portfolio.  Bluefield  Operations  Limited 
and  Bluefield  Renewable  Developments  Limited 
also  have  the  same  ownership  as  the  Investment 
Adviser  and  provide  operational  management  for 
the  majority  of  the  Company’s  investments  and  a 
pipeline of development projects for the Company 
respectively.

During  the  year  the  Investment  Adviser  has  been 
paid  a  fee  equivalent  to  0.8%  of  NAV  at  30  June 
2021.

A summary of the fees paid to the Investment Adviser 
is given in Note 16 of the financial statements. The 
fees  paid  to  BSL,  BRD  and  BOL,  the  Solar  Asset 
Management  and  Operations  and  Maintenance 
businesses  under  common  ownership  with  the 
Investment Adviser are also detailed in Note 16.

Administrator
The  Board  has  delegated  administration  and 
company  secretarial  services  to  the  Administrator. 
Further  details  on  the  responsibilities  assigned  to 
the  Investment  Adviser  and  the  Administrator  can 
be found in the Corporate Governance Report.

Employees and Officers of the Company
The  Company  does  not  have  any  employees  and 
therefore  policies  for  employees  are  not  required. 
The Directors of the Company are listed on page 57.

Investment Process
Through  its  record  of  investment  in  the  UK  solar  
energy market, the Investment Adviser has developed 
a rigorous approach to investment selection, appraisal 
and commitment. 

Repeat  transaction  experience  with  specialist 
advisers
The Investment Adviser has worked with a range of 
specialist advisers from multiple disciplines in each of 
the transactions it has executed in the UK market and 
is able to source relevant expertise to address project 
issues both during and following a transaction.

Application  of  standardised  terms  developed 
from direct experience
The Investment Adviser has developed standardised 
terms  which  have  been  specifically  tested  by 
reference to real transaction and project operational 
experience.  Whilst  contract  terms  are  specifically 
negotiated  and  tailored  for  each  individual  project, 
the Investment Adviser always includes contractual 
protection regarding recovery of revenue losses for 
underperformance  and  obligations  for  correction  
of defects. 

STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS11Rigorous internal approval process
All  investment  recommendations  issued  to  the 
Company, are made following the formalised review 
process described below:

(1) Investment origination and review by  

Managing Partners

  Before 

in 

to 

relation 

incurring  costs 

the 
preparation of a transaction, a project is concept 
reviewed by the Investment Adviser’s Managing 
Partners,  following  which,  a  letter  of  interest  or 
memorandum  of  understanding  is  issued,  and 
project exclusivity is secured.

(2) Director Concept Approval

In the event that material costs are to be incurred 
in  pursuing  a  transaction,  a  concept  paper  is 
issued  by  the  Investment  Adviser  for  review  by 
the  Board.  This  concept  review  fixes  a  project 
evaluation  budget  as  well  as  confirming  the 
project  proposal  is  in  line  with  the  Company’s 
investment policy and strategy.

(3) Due diligence

in  executing 

In  addition  to  applying  its  direct  commercial 
experience 
renewable  energy 
acquisitions and managing operational projects, 
the Investment Adviser engages legal, technical 
and,  where  required,  insurance  and  accounting 
advisers from its extensive network to undertake 
independent due diligence.

(4) Bluefield Partners LLP Investment Committee
Investment  recommendations 
issued  by  the 
Investment  Adviser  are  made  following  the 
submission  of  a  detailed  investment  paper  to 
the  Investment  Committee.  The  Investment 
Committee operates on the basis of unanimous 
consent  and  has  a  record  of  making  detailed 
evaluation  of  project  risks.  The 
investment 
paper  submitted  to  the  Investment  Committee 
discloses  all  interests  which  the  Investment 
Adviser  and  any  of  its  affiliates  may  have  in  the 
proposed transaction.

(5) Board approval

Following  approval  by  the  Investment  Adviser 
Investment Committee, investment recommend-

ations  are  issued  by  the  Investment  Adviser 
for  review  by  the  boards  of  the  Company  and 
BSIFIL.  The  boards  undertake  detailed  review 
meetings with the Investment Adviser to assess 
the recommended projects. If the boards of both 
the  Company  and  BSIFIL  approve  the  relevant 
transaction, the Investment Adviser is authorised 
to execute it in accordance with the Investment 
Adviser’s  recommendation  and  any  condition 
stipulated  in  the  boards’  approvals.  The  boards 
are regularly updated on the pipeline of potential 
new  investments  to  help  provide  context  for 
capital allocation decisions.

(6) Closing memorandum

is 

Prior to executing the transaction, the Investment 
Adviser  completes  a  closing  memorandum 
confirming  that  the  final  transaction 
in 
accordance  with  the  terms  presented  in  the 
investment paper to the Investment Committee; 
detailing  any  material  variations  and  outlining 
how  any  conditions  to  the  approval  of  the 
Investment  Committee  and/or  Board  approval 
have been addressed. This closing memorandum 
is countersigned by an appointed member of the 
Investment  Committee  prior  to  completing  the 
transaction. 

Managing conflicts of interest
The Investment Adviser is regulated by the FCA and 
is  bound  by  conduct  of  business  rules  relating  to 
management of conflicts of interest. The Investment 
Adviser and any of its members, directors, officers, 
employees, agents and connected persons, and any 
person or company with whom they are affiliated or 
by whom they are employed may be involved in other 
financial, investment or other professional activities 
which may cause potential conflicts of interest with 
the Company and its investments. 

The  Board  has  noted  that  the  Investment  Adviser 
has  other  clients  and  has  satisfied  itself  that  the 
Investment  Adviser  has  procedures  in  place  to 
address potential conflicts of interest which, together 
with  any  mitigation  measures,  are  disclosed  in  the 
investment recommendation for each investment.

3. Investment Policy

The Company initially invested in a diversified portfolio of solar energy assets, all located 
within the UK, with a focus on utility scale assets and portfolios on greenfield, industrial 
and/or  commercial  sites.  The  Company  targeted  long  life  solar  energy  infrastructure, 
expected  to  generate  renewable  energy  output  over  a  minimum  25  year  asset  life.  On 
6  July  2020,  Shareholders  approved  revisions  to  the  Company’s  investment  objectives 
and policies. The Company will no longer exclusively invest in solar infrastructure assets 
but will now have the ability to invest a minority of its capital into other renewable energy 
assets and energy storage assets; such a minority exposure will be limited to a maximum 
of 25% of the Company’s GAV.

Individual  assets  or  portfolios  of  assets  are  held  within  SPVs  into  which  the  Company 
invests through equity and/or debt instruments. The Company typically seeks legal and 
operational  control  through  direct  or  indirect  stakes  of  up  to  100%  in  such  SPVs,  but 
may  participate  in  joint  ventures  or  minority  interests  where  this  approach  enables  the 
Company to gain exposure to assets within the Company’s investment policy which the 
Company would not otherwise be able to acquire on a wholly-owned basis.

The Company may, at holding company level, make use of both short term debt finance 
and long term structural debt to facilitate the acquisition of investments, but such holding 
company level debt (when taken together with the SPV finance noted above) will also be 
limited so as not to exceed 50% of the GAV. The Company may also make use of non-
recourse finance at the SPV level to provide leverage for specific solar energy infrastructure 
assets or new portfolios provided that at the time of entering into (or acquiring) any new 
financing,  total  non-recourse  financing  within  the  portfolio  will  not  exceed  50%  of  the 
prevailing GAV. 

The Company can invest up to 10% of the GAV into assets outside the UK to enable it to 
participate in acquisitions of portfolios with a mix of UK and non-UK assets, though it is 
not the Company’s policy to be a long term holder of non-UK assets. Furthermore, up to 
5% of the GAV may be invested into pre-construction UK solar development opportunities. 
In addition to the limitations above, the aggregate exposure to other renewable energy 
assets,  energy  storage  technologies,  UK  solar  development  opportunities  and  non-UK 
assets will be limited to 30% of the Company’s GAV. 

No  single  asset  (excluding  any  third-party  funding  or  debt  financing  in  such  asset)  will 
represent, on acquisition, more than 25% of the NAV.

The portfolio provides diversified exposure through investment in no less than 10 individual 
assets.  Diversification  is  also  achieved  across  various  other  factors  such  as  technology, 
revenue streams, grid connection points, individual landowners and leases, providers of key 
components and assets being located across various geographical locations within the UK. 

The  Company  aims  to  derive  a  significant  portion  of  its  targeted  return  through  a 
combination  of  the  sale  of  ROCs,  FiTs  and  CfDs  (or  any  such  regulatory  regimes  that 
may  replace  them  from  time  to  time).  Such  regimes  are  currently  underwritten  by  the 
UK Government, providing a level of fixed term, non-power market correlated revenues, 
typically  for  20  years  from  the  date  of  grid  connection.  The  Company  also  intends, 

STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS12 
 
 
 
 
 
 
where  appropriate,  to  enter  into  power  purchase 
agreements  with  appropriate  counterparties, 
such  as  co-located  industrial  energy  consumers 
or  wholesale  energy  purchasers.  In  addition,  the 
Company may store energy or convert it into other 
forms for future sale.

The Company’s investment policy has the flexibility 
to invest up to 5% of GAV into UK solar development 
opportunities  and  purchase  assets  pre  or  post 
construction in order to:

1. Maximise quality and scale of deal flow: 
  The flexibility of the strategy maximises the pool 
of assets available to the Company. The majority of 
developers and contractors in the UK renewables 
market  are  unable  to  fund  on  their  own  balance 
sheets,  therefore  flexible  funders  such  as  the 
Company  are  able  to  select  their  construction 
partners  and  assets  from  the  widest  possible 
pool.  The  maturing  of  the  UK  renewable  market 
has  resulted  in  the  Company  being  offered  both 
operational and development asset portfolios;

2. Optimise the efficiency of the acquisitions: 
  Funding through the construction phase removes 
a  layer  of  financing  cost  provided  by  third  party 
construction  funders,  typically  passed  on  to  the 
end acquirer; likewise, when acquiring secondary 
assets,  the  Company  has  selected  assets  based 
on quality, cost and attractiveness of the financing 
attached to the acquisitions;

3. Minimise risk via appropriate contractual 

agreements: 

  Risk  can  be  further  reduced  by  appropriate 
contractual agreements. For construction assets, 
include  making  milestone  payments 
these 
backed,  typically,  by  bonds,  security  plant  and 
equipment and significant cash hold backs; and

4. Acquire assets using prudent assumptions: 
  As can be seen by the valuation contained in this 
report,  the  Company  has  acquired  assets  based 
upon a prudent set of assumptions. 

Listing Rule Investment Restrictions
The Company currently complies with the investment 
restrictions set out below and will continue to do so 
for so long as they remain requirements of the FCA:

•  neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will 
conduct any trading activity which is significant in 
the context of the Group as a whole;

•  the  Company  must,  at  all  times,  invest  and 
manage  its  assets  in  a  way  which  is  consistent 
with  its  objective  of  spreading  investment  risk 
and in accordance with the published investment 
policy; and

•  not  more  than  10%  of  the  GAV  at  the  time  of 
investment  is  made  will  be  invested  in  other 
closed-ended  investment  funds  which  are  listed 
on the Official List.

As  required  by  the  Listing  Rules,  any  material 
change to the investment policy of the Company will 
be made only with the prior approval of the FCA and 
Shareholders.

4. Policies, approach and achievements adopted in respect of CSR

The Board and the Investment Adviser are focused on the corporate objective of providing 
investors with an ethical, socially responsible and transparently managed Company. The 
best standards of governance and CSR are central to the Company’s ethics and important in 
ensuring the continued attractiveness of the Company to the broad group of stakeholders 
with which it interacts. The production of sustainable energy from the Company’s portfolio 
is expected to save the emission of millions of tonnes of CO2 throughout the life of the 
assets. In addition, the Company seeks to increase biodiversity at its sites by appropriate 
planting and landscaping of the land it manages, as detailed in the Environmental, Social 
and  Governance  report  on  pages  45  to  53.  The  Company  was  the  first  London  listed 
investment company to achieve Guernsey Green Fund Status.

5. Operational & Financial Review for the period

Key Performance Indicators
The  Board  has  identified  the  following  indicators  for  assessing  the  Company’s  annual 
performance in meeting its objectives:

As at 30 June 
2021

As at 30 June 
2020

Market Capitalisation (£’000s)

494,098

498,322

Share price

121.40p

134.50p

Total dividends per share declared in relation to  
the year

8.00p

7.90p

NAV (£’000s)

NAV per share 

471,426

433,505

115.83p

117.01p

Total Return to Shareholders
 (based on share price and dividends paid in the year) 

(3.79)%

4.70%

Acquisitions
Acquisitions are discussed within the Investment Adviser’s report in Section 2.

SHEEP GRAZING AT MOLEHILL

Portfolio Performance 
Portfolio performance and power price movements are discussed within the Investment 
Adviser’s report under Sections 2 and 4. 

STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13 
STRATEGIC REPORT

ANNUAL  REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company’s PPA strategy is to enter into short term contracts with contracting 
periods spread quarterly across the portfolio in order to minimise the portfolio’s 
sensitivity to short term price volatility. 

Summary Statement of Comprehensive Income

CONVERTER AT LITTLE BEAR

Year ended 30 
June 2021
£ million

Year ended 30 
June 2020
£ million

Total Income 
(Note 4 of the financial statements)

Change in fair value of assets 
(Note 8 of the financial statements)

Administrative expenses 
(Note 5 of the financial statements)

Total comprehensive income before tax

Tax

Total comprehensive income

Earnings per share 

0.7

25.2

(1.4)

24.5

-

24.5

6.25p

0.7

28.8

(1.3)

28.2

-

28.2

7.63p

Income  for  the  period  includes  interest  income  and  monitoring  fees  paid  by 
BSIFIL to BSIF.

The  total  comprehensive  income  before  tax  of  £24.5  million  reflects  the 
performance  of  the  Company  when  valuation  movements  and  operating  costs 
are included. Further detail on valuation movements of BSIFIL’s portfolio is given 
in the Report of the Investment Adviser.

The  Company’s  ongoing  charges  ratio  is  1.14%  (2020:  1.10%),  calculated  in 
accordance  with  the  AIC  recommended  methodology,  which  excludes  non-
recurring costs and uses the average NAV in its calculation. See page 89 for a 
tabular calculation of the Company’s ongoing charges ratio. 

6. Directors’ Valuation* of Company’s portfolio 

The  Investment  Adviser  or  an  independent  external  valuer  is  responsible 
for preparing the fair market valuation recommendations for the Company’s 
investments for review and approval by the Board.

Valuations are carried out semi-annually as at 31 December and 30 June each 
year, with the Company committed to procuring a review of valuations by an 
independent expert at such times as the Board deems appropriate. 

Such an external review of valuation was last undertaken by an independent 
third party for June 2018. 

The  Directors’  Valuation  adopted  for  the  portfolio  as  at  30  June  2021  was 
£694.5m  (Note  8  of  the  financial  statements),  representing  a  cumulative 
10.72%  uplift  on  investment  cost,  derived  from  a  combination  of  income 
generated  within  the  investments  and  revaluation  uplift  under  discounted 
cash flow methodology. 

The  Board  reviews  and  considers  the  recommendations  of  the  Investment 
Adviser to form an opinion of the fair value of the Company’s investments.

A detailed analysis of the Directors’ Valuation is presented in the Report of the 
Investment Adviser.Investment Adviser.

*  Directors’  Valuation  is  an  alternative  performance  measure  to  show  the  gross 
value  of  the  SPV  investments  held  by  BSIFIL,  including  their  holding  companies. 
A reconciliation of the Directors’ Valuation to Financial assets at fair value through 
profit and loss is shown in Note 8 of the financial statements.

147. Principal and Emerging Risks 

the  FCA’s  Disclosure  Guidance  and 
Under 
Transparency  Rules,  the  Board 
is  required  to 
identify those material risks to which the Company 
is  exposed  and  take  appropriate  steps  to  mitigate 
those risks.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

These  inherent  risks  associated  with  investments 
in the solar energy sector could result in a material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  performance  and 
value of Ordinary Shares.

The Company’s risk register covers five main areas 
of risk:
•  Portfolio Management;
•  Operational;
•  External;
•  Reputational; and
•  Emerging.

Each  of  these  areas,  together  with  the  principal 
risks associated with that category, is summarised 
in the table below and includes commentary on the 
mitigating  factors.  The  list  is  a  subset  of  a  much 
larger  set  of  risks  which  the  Board  review  on  a 
regular basis.

Risk

Potential Impact

Mitigation

1. Portfolio  

Acquisition Risk

Missed investment opportunities. 

2. Portfolio  

Operational Risk

Underperformance of solar plant versus expectations 
at acquisition.

The Board reviews the Company’s investment pipeline with the Investment Adviser on a regular basis. The Company, through 
BSIFIL, has access to additional debt financing under terms of its three year revolving credit facility with NatWest plc, as well 
as  the  option  to  complete  a  tap  issuance  to  support  further  acquisitions  if  required.    The  closure  of  the  primary  market  for 
subsidised solar assets has led to inflation in secondary market prices reducing potential yield of new purchases. The Company 
has secured a development pipeline of 700MWp of unsubsidised solar capacity and has expanded its mandate to include wind.

BSL  as  asset  manager  prepares  a  quarterly  operational  summary  for  the  Board  that  evaluates  the  performance  of  each  plant 
against budget and highlights any issues to be addressed. The board has agreed KPIs for BSL with Bluefield LLP and is in the 
process of agreeing KPIs for Bluefield Operations Ltd (BOL), to monitor contractor performance as more projects are transitioned 
to BOL.

OPERATIONAL

Risk

Potential Impact

Mitigation

3. Valuation error

Valuations of the SPV investments are reliant on large 
and  detailed  financial  models  based  on  discounted 
cash  flows.  Significant  inputs  such  as  the  discount 
rate,  rate  of  inflation  and  the  amount  of  electricity  the 
solar  assets  are  expected  to  produce  are  subjective 
and certain assumptions or methodologies applied may 
prove to be inaccurate. This is particularly so in periods 
of  volatility  or  when  there  is  limited  transactional  data 
for  solar  PV  generation  against  which  the  investment 
valuation can be benchmarked. Other inputs such as the 
price at which electricity and associated benefits can be 
sold are subject to government policies and support. 

4. Depreciation of NAV

The  portfolio  NAV  will  depreciate  towards  the  end  of 
the Company’s life.

The discount factor applied to the cash-flows is reviewed by the Investment Adviser to ensure that it is set at the appropriate 
level. All papers supporting the Gross Asset Value calculation and methodology used are presented to the Board for approval 
and adoption. Ongoing quarterly reconciliations are performed between the SPVs and BSIF, with the Company committed to 
procuring a review of valuations by an independent expert at such times as the board deems appropriate.

The first valuation was completed in June 2015. An additional and detailed independent review of the portfolio cash flow model 
was carried out as part of the long-term debt financing procurement process. An independent benchmarking exercise was last 
carried out as part of the June 2018 Financial Statements process. Based on the availability of market data, the Board does 
not intend to continue this practice and will ask for an external valuation to be carried out from time to time at its discretion.

To mitigate the impact of power price volatility on the Company’s portfolio valuation blended power price curves from three 
leading forecasters are now used in the portfolio cash flow model.

The Investment Adviser has been requested to model how the portfolio NAV will move with time, producing long term scenario 
planning  for  the  Board’s  review.  The  Board  has  authorised  the  Investment  Adviser  to  negotiate  lease  extensions  on  all  active 
plants, as each successful extension increases the life of the Company and reduces the depreciation of the NAV. As at 30 June 
2021, the weighted average life of the portfolio is 30.2 years (vs 27.4 years in June 2020). The Company has secured development 
permission for its first unsubsidised solar plant and has added new technologies such as battery storage to its portfolio to mitigate 
the impact of the expiry of the FiT and ROC regimes.

STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS15EXTERNAL

Risk

Potential Impact

Mitigation

5. Unfavourable 

Weather and Climate 
Conditions

Weather  related  risks:  annual 
income  generation 
of  the  Company  is  sensitive  to  weather  conditions 
and  in  particular  to  the  level  of  irradiation  across  the 
investment locations. Variability in weather could result 
in  greater  than  10%  variability  in  revenue  generation 
year on year. 

The Company has diversified the locations of its plants across the UK.

The Group uses on site measurement of irradiation in order to measure performance against budget, and its portfolio is relatively 
dispersed across the United Kingdom. The use of solar photovoltaic technology at the sites means generation is not dependent 
only on direct irradiation but also on predictable daylight, limiting short-term volatility when compared to other weather dependent 
electricity generation. 

Global  warming  could  impact  supply  and  demand  for 
electricity.

The Group and other clean energy providers are doing their part to reduce the Earth’s Carbon Footprint, however there are already 
damaging long term effects of climate change which may impact the Group. The management of such an outcome is largely out of 
the Company’s control.

6. Unfavourable 

Electricity Market 
Conditions 

Annual income generation of the Company is sensitive 
to future power market pricing. A major structural shift 
in power demand or supply will impact the Company’s 
ability to meet its dividend target. 

The  reduction  of  all  energy  prices  may  also  have  a 
negative effect on the price of all sources of energy. 

The  Investment  Adviser  regularly  updates  the  portfolio  cash  flow  model  to  reflect  future  power  market  forecasts  and  where 
appropriate applies discounts to the forecasts. New projects are always assessed using the most recent power market forecast 
data available. A rolling programme of PPA contract expiries has been implemented to minimise risk. Protection against a sustained 
period  of  low  energy  prices  can  only  be  achieved  by  maximising  exposure  to  regulatory  revenues  through  acquisition  of  more 
legacy FiT and ROC plants.  Some recent acquisitions have included fixed power contracts for a longer period, reducing exposure 
to short term volatility. Long term power prices are however beyond the control of the Company. A third party review of the power 
strategy  adopted  by  the  Investment  Adviser  has  also  given  a  strong  independent  verification  of  the  strategy.  The  Investment 
Adviser is periodically reviewing possibilities for the private sale of electricity to stabilise long term revenues.

7. Changes in tax 

regime

There  may  be  unfavourable  tax  related  changes 
including  restrictions  on  renewables,  or  no  relief  on 
debt  structuring.    The  UK  Finance  Bill  enacted  in 
December  2017  restricts  tax  relief  on  borrowing  to 
30% of EBITDA.

8. Changes to 

Government Plans

Decisions affecting the wholesale supply of electricity 
through either i) a flooded market or ii) other available 
forms of energy sources.

9. Political risk

10. Cyber risk

The  decision  by  the  UK  to  exit  the  EU  has  elevated 
levels of political uncertainty and may have an adverse 
impact  on  the  Company.  The  Covid-19  pandemic 
has  caused  the  government  to  take  extraordinary 
measures in 2021, leading to a more volatile political 
environment.

Key  stakeholders  could  exchange  corrupt  or  virus 
infected emails with key BSIF counterparties. Malicious 
firmware may cause damage to hardware resulting in a 
loss of generation or damage to the grid.

The Company has commissioned a report on the benefits of integrating storage technologies within its portfolio and is currently 
developing its first battery storage site. This will give the added benefit of being able to profit from power price volatility.

An independent taxation review of the Company was carried out as part of the long-term debt financing procurement process. 
The Company makes regular debt repayments to reduce operating leverage and with the intention of ensuring that debt is repaid 
before regulatory revenues expire. The Board continues to monitor the situation and take advice from the Group’s Tax Advisers as 
necessary. 

The Investment Adviser provides regular updates in this regard within the quarterly Board papers.

Since announcement of the EU referendum result there has been a weakening of Sterling’s exchange rate against a number of 
major currencies, a downgrade of the UK’s credit rating and a cut in interest rates. The Company has been favourably impacted 
by these changes to date. The Company has negligible foreign currency exposure and the reduction in yield on gilts has materially 
reduced the cost of the long-term debt issue. There are however other unknown risks which may or may not occur in the medium 
and longer term and which the Board will monitor closely should they arise.

BSL engaged a third-party consultant to implement a security case study at one of the Company’s plants. The results of this are 
being used to assess and mitigate the risks facing the entire portfolio.

11. Adverse publicity

Adverse  publicity  within  the  Renewable  Energy  sector 
could damage the Company’s ability to raise additional 
finance and/or acquire new capacity.

Market responses have been considered and agreed at all levels. The Board and the Investment Adviser ensure the Company’s 
activities are fairly and accurately presented including through Broker, Stock Exchange announcements, press releases and web 
site maintenance. All incidences of adverse publicity are monitored via the Company’s PR Adviser.

STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS16STRATEGIC REPORT

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ASHLAWN

EMERGING RISKS

Risk

Potential Impact

Mitigation

12. Covid-19 pandemic

13. Inadequate ESG 

Reporting

14. Board Succession

The  UK  government  and  many  other  countries  have 
implemented  unprecedented  measures  to  restrict 
the  possibility  of  transmission  of  the  Covid-19  virus 
by  limiting  personal  contact  and  international  travel. 
Whilst  the  ultimate  scope  and  duration  of  these 
measures is currently unclear, they have had a severe 
impact on the Global Economy, Governments and the 
Central  Banks  are  attempting  to  offset  this  impact 
with  both  traditional  and  unconventional  fiscal  and 
monetary  policy  measures.  The  Company’s  portfolio 
will be impacted by any risks emerging from changes 
in the macroeconomic environment.

The Company may face issues maintaining its plants if 
staff are unable to travel or are unwell due to Covid-19.

The Grid may experience periods of instability or shut-
down due to supply demand imbalances resulting from 
Covid-19.

Inadequate  ESG  reporting  could  lead  to  shareholder 
dissatisfaction  and  lack  of  demand  for  the  Company’s 
shares.

With the exception of Ms Lenfestey, all Board members 
joined the Company at the time of its creation in 2013. 
As the nine year director tenure limit is approached there 
is a risk of losing the skills cognisant of the challenges 
ahead as well as the background/running knowledge of 
the Fund.

Whilst  the  ultimate  scope  and  duration  of  these  measures  is  currently  unclear,  they  have  had  a  severe  impact  on  the  Global 
Economy,  Governments  and  the  Central  Banks  are  attempting  to  offset  this  impact  with  both  traditional  and  unconventional 
fiscal  and  monetary  policy  measures.  The  Company’s  portfolio  will  be  impacted  by  any  risks  emerging  from  changes  in  the 
macroeconomic environment.

Covid-19 continues to disrupt travel, however working from home remotely has been a successful transition with meetings being 
held  virtually  by  telephone  or  video  conference.  The  Investment  Adviser  monitors  the  situation  within  Government  and  any 
potential changes to power prices and will alert the Board accordingly. 

The Investment Advisor implemented robust remote working and social distancing and separation protocols to ensure business 
continuity. Plant maintenance engineers have been designated as essential workers and are permitted to travel during lock-down 
periods.

The Company has completed an ESG materiality review and has set the priorities for its ESG programme.

The Company has initiated a succession plan and has engaged external consultants to identify suitably experienced candidates to 
replace the retiring Board members.

1717STRATEGIC REPORT

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Longer term viability statement
Assessing the prospects of the Company
The  corporate  planning  process  is  underpinned 
by  scenarios  that  encompass  a  wide  spectrum  of 
potential  outcomes.  These  scenarios  are  designed 
to  explore  the  resilience  of  the  Company  to  the 
potential impact of significant risks set out below.

The scenarios are designed to be severe but plausible 
and  take  full  account  of  the  availability  and  likely 
effectiveness of the mitigating actions that could be 
taken  to  avoid  or  reduce  the  impact  or  occurrence 
of the underlying risks and which would realistically 
be  open  to  management  in  the  circumstances.  In 
considering the likely effectiveness of such actions, 
the  conclusions  of  the  Board’s  regular  monitoring 
and  review  of  risk  and  internal  control  systems,  as 
discussed on page 15, is taken into account.

The  Board  reviewed  the  impact  of  stress  testing 
the  quantifiable  risks  to  the  Company’s  cash  flows 
in  the  previous  pages  as  detailed  in  risk  factors 
1-9  and  concluded  that  the  Company,  assuming 
current  leverage  levels,  would  be  able  to  continue 
to produce distributable income in the event of the 
following scenarios:

Strategic Report 
Risk Factor

2.

2.

5.

6.

Plant performance degradation of 0.8% 
per annum versus 0.4% per annum

Plant availability reduced to 95%

P90 irradiation 

Power price set to zero

The  Board  considers  that  this  stress  testing 
based  assessment  of  the  Company’s  prospects  is 
reasonable  in  the  circumstances  of  the  inherent 
uncertainty involved. In accordance with the Articles, 
every five years the Board is required to propose an 
ordinary resolution that the Company should cease 

to continue as presently constituted. The first such 
discontinuation vote was held at the 2018 AGM and 
resulted in a 99.46% vote in favour of continuation. 
The  next  discontinuation  vote  is  due  to  be  held 
at  the  2023  AGM  and  based  on  the  Company’s 
recent  ability  to  raise  capital  the  Directors  have  no 
reason to assume that shareholders would vote for 
discontinuation.  For  the  purposes  of  modelling  the 
Company’s  viability  the  discontinuation  vote  would 
have  limited  impact  as  a  restructuring  or  sale  of 
the  Company’s  portfolio  would  be  likely  to  require 
more than the three year viability modelling period 
to  execute  and  the  Company’s  portfolio  would 
continue  to  be  cash-flow  generative  irrespective  of 
the outcome of the vote.

The  period  over  which  we  confirm  longer  term 
viability
Within  the  context  of  the  corporate  planning 
framework discussed above, the Board has assessed 
the  prospects  of  the  Company  over  a  three  year 
period ending 30 June 2024. Whilst the Board has 
no reason to believe the Company will not be viable 
over a longer period, given the inherent uncertainty 
involved the period over which the Board considers 
it  possible  to  form  a  reasonable  expectation  as 
to  the  Company’s  longer  term  viability,  based  on 
the  stress  testing  scenario  planning  discussed 
above,  is  the  three  year  period  to  June  2024.  This 
period  is  used  for  our  mid-term  business  plans 
and  has  been  selected  because  it  presents  the 
Board  and  therefore  readers  of  the  annual  report 
with  a  reasonable  degree  of  confidence  whilst  still 
providing an appropriate longer term outlook.

Confirmation of longer term viability
The  Board  confirms  that  its  assessment  of  the 
principal  and  emerging  risks  facing  the  Company 
was robust.

Based upon the robust assessment of the principal 
and  emerging  risks  facing  the  Company  and  its 
stress  testing  based  assessment  of  the  Company’s 
prospects,  the  Board  confirms  that 
it  has  a 
reasonable  expectation  that  the  Company  will  be 

able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the period to June 2024.

These  inherent  risks  associated  with  investments 
in the solar energy sector could result in a material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  performance  and 
value of Ordinary Shares.

The Company’s risks are mitigated and managed by 
the  Board  through  continual  review,  policy  setting 
and  half  yearly  review  of  the  Company’s  risk  matrix 
by  the  Audit  Committee  to  ensure  that  procedures 
are  in  place  with  the  intention  of  minimising  the 
impact  of  the  above  mentioned  risks.  The  Board 
carried out its last formal review of the risk matrix at 
the Audit Committee meeting held on 19 May 2021. 
The Board relies on periodic reports provided by the 
Investment Adviser and Administrator regarding risks 
that the Company faces. When required, experts will 
be  employed  to  gather  information,  including  tax 
advisers, legal advisers and ESG advisers. 

Directors’  Responsibilities  Pursuant  to  Section 
172 of the Companies Act 2006 
Section  172  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  applies 
directly to UK domiciled companies. Nonetheless the 
AIC Code requires that the matters set out in section 
172  are  reported  on  by  all  companies,  irrespective 
of domicile, provided this does not conflict with local 
company law.

recognises 

Section  172 
that  directors  are 
responsible for acting in a way that they consider, in 
good faith, is the most likely to promote the success 
of  the  Company  for  the  benefit  of  its  Shareholders 
as  a  whole.  In  doing  so,  they  are  also  required  to 
consider the broader implications of their decisions 
and  operations  on  other  key  stakeholders  and 
their  impact  on  the  wider  community  and  the 
environment.  Key  decisions  are  those  that  are 
either  material  to  the  Company  or  are  significant 
to  any  of  the  Company’s  key  stakeholders.  The 
Company’s engagement with key stakeholders and 
the key decisions that were made or approved by the 
Directors during the year are described below.

SUNSET AT LITTLEBOURNE

18Stakeholder group

Methods of engagement

Benefits of engagements

The major investors in the Company’s shares are 
set out on page 56.

The Company engages with its Shareholders through the issue of regular portfolio 
updates in the form of RNS announcements and quarterly factsheets.

Shareholder engagement was rewarded by support for the Company’s 
growth and diversification strategy.

The Company provides in-depth commentary on the investment portfolio, corporate 
governance and corporate outlook in its semi-annual financial statements.

In  addition,  the  Company,  through  its  brokers  and  Investment  Adviser  undertake 
regular  roadshows  to  meet  with  existing  and  prospective  investors  to  solicit  their 
feedback, understand any areas of concern, and share forward looking investment 
commentary.

The Board receives quarterly feedback from its brokers in respect of their investor 
engagement and investor sentiment.

The  Company  has  identified  its  key  service  providers  and  on  an  annual  basis 
undertakes a review of performance based on a questionnaire through which it also 
seeks feedback.

The  Feedback  given  by  the  service  providers  is  used  to  review 
the  Company’s  policies  and  procedures  to  ensure  open  lines  of 
communication, and operational efficiency.

Furthermore,  the  Board  and  its  sub-committees  engage  regularly  with  its  service 
providers on a formal and informal basis.

The  Company  is  able  to  identify  and  resolve  problems  with  service 
provider relationships via this process.

The Company will also regularly review all material contracts for service quality and 
value.

The  board  reviews  cash-flow  projections  for  each  investment  that  the  company 
makes and for the entire portfolio on a regular basis.

The Investment Adviser ensures that when the agreements are initially put in place, 
the end dates of the investments are staggered in order to ensure a constant flow 
of revenue. PPA counterparties are selected on a competitive basis but with a clear 
focus  on  achieving  diversification  of  counterparty  risk.  A  quarterly  update  on  the 
contracts is provided in the Investment Adviser’s Report within the Board Packs.

The Company does not have any direct employees

The Company aims to maximise its positive environmental impact.

Continued  access  to  capital 
is  vital  to  the 
Company’s  longer  term  growth  objectives,  and 
therefore, in line with its objectives, the Company 
seeks 
to  maintain  shareholder  satisfaction 
through:

• Positive risk-adjusted returns 

• Payment of Quarterly dividends

The  Company  does  not  have  any  direct 
employees;  however,  it  works  closely  with  a 
number  of  service  providers  (the  Investment 
Adviser,  Administrators,  secretaries,  auditor, 
brokers  and  other  professional  advisers).  The 
independence,  quality  and  timeliness  of  their 
service provision is critical to the success of the 
Company.

The  Company  held  an  operational  portfolio  of 
106 PV plants (consisting of 65 large scale sites, 
39  micro  sites  and  2  roof  top  sites)  with  a  total 
capacity of 613MWp with the portfolio displaying 
strong geographical diversity. 

s
r
e
d

l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

e
c
i
v
r
e
S

s
r
e
d

i
v
o
r
p

o

i
l
o
f
t
r
o
P

s
e

i

n
a
p
m
o
C

&
y
t
i

n
u
m
m
o
C

t
n
e
m
n
o
r
i
v
n
E

The  Feedback  given  by  the  service  providers  is  used  to  review 
the  Company’s  policies  and  procedures  to  ensure  open  lines  of 
communication,  and  operational  efficiency  regarding 
its  Portfolio 
Companies.

The  Group  and  other  clean  energy  providers  are  doing  their  part  to 
reduce the carbon emissions, however there are already damaging long 
term effects which may impact the Group during its life. The control of 
such an outcome is largely out of the Group’s control. The Company and 
the Directors are minimising air travel by making maximum use of video 
conferencing for Company related matters. The Company has partnered 
with  a  biodiversity  adviser  with  the  intention  of  setting  its  biodiversity 
strategy for its portfolio in the future.

Paul Le Page
Director 
4 October 2021

Laurence McNairn
Director 
4 October 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS19 
 
 
 
Report of the 
Investment Adviser

JAMES ARMSTRONG
managing partner

GIOVANNI TERRANOVA
managing partner

NEIL WOOD
partner

1. About Bluefield Partners LLP 

Bluefield  was  established  in  2009  and  is  an  investment 
adviser  to  companies  and  funds  investing  in  solar  energy 
infrastructure. Our team has a proven record in the selection, 
acquisition  and  supervision  of  large  scale  energy  and 
infrastructure  assets  in  the  UK  and  Europe.  The  Bluefield 
team has been involved in over £4 billion renewable funds 
and/or  transactions  in  both  the  UK  and  Europe,  including 
over £1 billion in the UK since December 2011. 

Bluefield was appointed Investment Adviser to the Company 
in June 2013. Based in its London office, Bluefield’s partners 
are supported by a dedicated and highly experienced team 
of investment, legal and portfolio executives. As Investment 
Adviser, Bluefield takes responsibility, fully inclusive within 
its advisory fees, for selection, origination and execution of 
investment opportunities for the Company, having executed 
over 70 individual SPV acquisitions on behalf of BSIF since 
flotation in July 2013. 

Bluefield’s Investment Committee has collective experience 
of over £18 billion of energy and infrastructure transactions.

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS20 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Portfolio: Acquisitions, Performance and Value Enhancement 

Portfolio
As at 30 June 2021, the Company held an operational portfolio 
of 106 PV plants (consisting of 65 large scale sites, 39 micro 
sites  and  2  roof  top  sites)  with  a  total  capacity  of  613MWp, 
with  the  portfolio  displaying  strong  diversity  through: 
geographical variety (as shown by the map on page 8), a range 
of  proven  PV  technologies  and  infrastructure  (arising  from 
the solar PV farms having been constructed by a number of 
experienced solar contractors), and a blend of asset sizes with 
capacities ranging from microsites to substantial, utility-scale 
solar farms (including two plants at c.50MWp).

GRANGE

Acquisitions
In  August  2020,  the  Company  successfully  completed  the 
first of two material acquisitions during the year under review.

A  UK-based  portfolio  of  15  solar  PV  plants,  with  a  total 
installed capacity of 64.2MWp, was acquired for an initial cash 
consideration  of  £106.6  million  (including  working  capital), 
with deferred consideration of up to £2.1 million, contingent 
on securing asset life extensions. The Company received the 
economic benefit of the acquisition from 1 January 2020.

The  portfolio  consists  of  15  ground-mounted  operational 
solar  PV  plants,  with  8  sites  clustered  in  the  south  west  of 
England, 2 in west Wales and a further 5 across central and 
eastern England. It also benefits from attractive subsidies; 13 
of the projects are accredited under the Renewable Obligation 
Certificate (‘ROC’) regime with tariffs ranging from 1.4 – 2.0 
ROCs, while 2 of the projects are accredited under the feed-
in-tariff (‘FiT’) scheme.

The  acquisition  was  financed  by  a  bespoke  £110m  three-
year, interest only, re-drawable term loan at an effective all-in 
cost of c.1.40% (being margin and swap rate) with NatWest 
International  (“NatWest”),  with  the  Company  electing  to 
hedge 75% of the loan repayments and interest over a notional 
18-year period, at a swap rate of approximately 0.31% until 
2038, to provide underlying rate certainty in anticipation of a 
refinancing scenario in or before August 2023.

Post Period End Acquisitions
Maiden wind and co-located solar and battery acquisitions
On 28 June 2021 the Company announced the conditional acquisition of 109 small scale 
UK onshore wind turbines (“The Wind Portfolio”) for approximately £60 million, with an 
opportunity  to  increase  investment  by  a  further  £35  million  to  re-power  17  turbines  in 
Northern Ireland before confirming completion of the acquisition on 16 August 2021 for 
approximately £63 million (including working capital and transaction fees) following the 
closing on 21 July 2021 of the Company’s successful equity raise of £105.1 million.

Following the broadening of the Company’s investment mandate in July 2020 to permit 
the  Company  to  make  investments  of  up  to  25%  of  Gross  Asset  Value  into  non  solar 
renewable technologies, the Wind Portfolio acquisition represents an excellent strategic 
fit for the Company through both a diverse geographical presence in the UK onshore wind 
market, with projects across England (62), Northern Ireland (29), Scotland (11) and Wales 
(7),  as  well  as  highly  regulated  revenue  streams  until  2034-2037  driven  from  the  fact 
that the projects within England, Scotland and Wales are all FIT accredited, whilst those 
in Northern Ireland have been accredited under its Renewable Obligation Scheme (“RO 
Scheme”) with a tariff of four Renewable Obligation Certificates (“ROC”). 

As a result of these accreditations, total revenue from the Wind Portfolio is over 90 per cent 
subsidised, with the remaining revenue, being less than 10 per cent of income, received 
from power sales sold under 15-year power purchase agreements with Power NI. 

Beyond  the  attractive  income  producing  aspects  of  the  Wind  Portfolio  Acquisition,  the 
highly regulated revenue stream is highly complementary to the Company’s subsidy free 
ambitions and the management of merchant power prices in the new build opportunities 
which  the  Company  is  developing,  and  which  are  fundamental  in  supporting  the  UK 
Government meeting its net zero targets.

The  second  material  acquisition,  in  January  2021,  was  the 
purchase  by  the  Company  of  Bradenstoke  Solar  Farm,  an 
operational  70MWp  ground  mounted  solar  PV  plant,  for  a 
total cash consideration of £89.0 million and from which the 
Company has received the economic benefit of all cash flows 
from 1 April 2020.

To this end, on 16 August 2021 the Company also announced the purchase of the rights 
(and associated land) to build 45MWp solar asset and co-located 25MWp battery project 
for  approximately  £5  million  from  EQUANS  (re-branded  from  ENGIE  Renewables).  This 
co-located project is based in northeast Lincolnshire and is expected to begin construction 
during  2022,  along  with  Yelvertoft,  a  50  MWp  solar  project  developed  through  the 
Company’s proprietary pipeline.

The  plant,  located  in  Wiltshire,  has  been  operational  since 
March 2015 and is accredited under the ROC regime with a 
tariff of 1.4 ROCs.

Following  these  post  period  acquisitions,  and  the  Company’s  successful  equity  raise  of 
£105.1 million, the Company’s total outstanding debt stands at £340.4 million, equivalent 
to 37% of Gross Asset Value (34% in June 2020), whilst the total installed capacity of its 
portfolio has grown to 625.6MWp (June 2020: 479MWp).

The acquisition was financed using the Company’s revolving 
credit facility which, as well as being extended to September 
2022 (with an option to extend to September 2023), was also 
increased, through a further £50m uncommitted tranche, to 
£100 million.

In keeping with the Investment Adviser’s objective to deliver value and return accretive 
acquisition opportunities to the Company, the Investment Adviser is currently assessing 
a  range  of  transactions  as  it  looks  to  continue  its  policy  of  securing  high  quality,  return 
accretive acquisitions. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS21Performance
In the year to 30 June 2021 the portfolio, with a total installed capacity at the year end of 613MWp, 
achieved a net PR of 80.3% (2020: 79.1%), against a forecast of 80.6%, generating 545.13GWh of 
power (vs 487.6 GWh FY 2019/20), marginally below the forecasted level. 

Table 1. Summary of BSIF Portfolio Performance for 2020/21: 

Portfolio Total Installed Capacity (MWp)

613

Actual 
2020/21

Forecast 
2020/21

Delta Forecast
(%)

With the Net Performance Ratio virtually as expected, 
at  80.3%,  the  generation  yield  was  938.9MWh  for 
each  MWp  of  installed  capacity,  1.1%  below  the 
Company’s  expectations.  With  the  Total  Unit  Price 
being higher than forecast by +3.9%, Total Revenues 
were above expectations at £118.0k/MWp (+2.8%), 
and  15.6%  below  those  recorded  in  FY  2019/20. 
The  reduction  in  Total  Revenues  compared  to  the 
previous  year  was  due  to  the  significantly  higher 
irradiation  recorded  during  that  period,  with  the 
reduction in Total Unit Price impacted by PPAs fixed 
during a period of very high wholesale levels in Q3 
2018 expiring. 

The portfolio’s ‘availability’ (the total time the plant 
was  operating,  as  a  percentage  of  the  maximum 
possible)  was  97.6%,  marginally  lower  than  the 
forecasted  level  of  99%  (2020:  97.4%).  This  was 
largely  due  to  the  rectification  of  failed  equipment 
(for which insurance claims were submitted, where 
appropriate), and annual preventative maintenance 
activity.  If  HV  equipment  required  replacing  during 
the  year,  temporary  units  were  sourced  to  ensure 
generation losses were minimalised until permanent 
replacement parts could be delivered and installed. 

Weighted Average Irradiation  (Hrs)1,2 

1,168.00

1,177.10

-0.8%

Figure 1. FY 2020/21 – Actual Generation and Revenue

Net Performance Ratio (%)1,2 

80.3%

80.6%

-0.4%

Generation Yield (MWh/MWp)1,2 

938.9

949.1

-1.1%

Total unit Price: Power + ROCs +LDs
(GBP 000’s/MWh) 

Total Revenue: inc LDs  
(GBP 000’s/MWp) 2,3,4 

£125.70

£121.03

3.9%

£118.00

£114.77

2.8%

Notes to Table 1. 
1.  Excluding  grid  outages  and  significant  periods  of  constraint  or  curtailment  that  were  outside  of  the 

Company’s control (for example, DNO-led outages and curtailments). 

2.  Due to the acquisition of Bradenstoke Solar Farm at the beginning of January 2021, calculations have been  

pro-rated: H1 (Jul - Dec 20) excl. Bradenstoke & H2 (Jan - Jun 21) incl. Bradenstoke

3.  Actual and forecast revenue figures include ROC recycle estimates in line with standard forecasts 
4.  Actuals also include LDs of £160.4k (FY2019/20 £0.39m) and insurance claims payments of £0.62m  

(FY 2019/20 £0.37m). 

As  shown  in  the  table  above,  irradiation  levels  during  the  period  were  marginally  lower  than  the 
Company’s  forecast  (-0.8%)  and  11.7%  lower  than  the  2019/20  FY,  which  saw  unusually  high 
levels of irradiation. 

Note: The portfolio increased from 542.8MWp to 613MWp as of 1 January 2021 with the acquisition of Bradenstoke 
Solar Farm. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS22 
 
 
The portfolio’s Net Performance Ratio (or ‘Net PR’, the ratio at which a PV plant converts available 
irradiation  to  electrical  generation  output,  excluding  periods  of  outage  which  were  outside  the 
control of the plant) of 80.3% was virtually as forecast, and exceeding the level recorded during the 
2019/20 reporting period of 79.1% by 1.5%. This improvement can be attributed to the increased 
level of service provided by Bluefield Operations Limited (‘BOL’), which now provides O&M services 
on over 77% of the Company’s solar farms.

Figure 2 - Actual Net PR and Irradiation in FY 2020/21

Note:  The  portfolio  increased  from  542.8MWp  to  613MWp  as  of  8  January  2021  with  the  acquisition  of 
Bradenstoke Solar Farm. 

The  geographical  and  equipment  diversity  within  the  Company’s  portfolio  allows  the  effects  of 
both  ‘Outage  Risk’  (whereby  a  higher  proportion  of  large  capacity  assets  would  hold  increased 
exposure to material losses due to curtailments  and  periods  of  outage,  as directed  by a specific 
DNO)  and  ‘Defect  Risk’  (where  over  reliance  on  limited  equipment  manufacturers  could  lead  to 
large proportions of the portfolio suffering similar defects) to be mitigated. 

This  diversification,  combined  with  the  considerable  efforts  of  the  Company’s  asset  manager 
Bluefield Services Limited (‘BSL’), to minimise operational interruptions, is demonstrated by the fact 
that the outages experienced by the portfolio (those events both outside and within the Company’s 
control) allowed the higher irradiation levels experienced during the Reporting Period to be directly 
converted into higher generation and, consequently, higher revenues being collected. 

The impact of outages resulting from events within 
the  control  of  the  Company  (for  example,  periods 
when a plant, or part of a plant, were shut to conduct 
essential  maintenance  or  repairs)  accounted  for  a 
loss of 3.52% (2020: 2.84%) of the Portfolio’s total 
generation,  equating  to  19.17  GWh.  The  increase 
compared to the previous reporting year can in part 
be  attributed  to  a  revised  formulae  for  calculating 
losses,  which  now  includes  all  generation  lost 
through  the  effects  of  clipping,  inter-row  shading 
and snow cover.

Outages  and  curtailments  which  were  outside  the 
control  of  the  Company  (for  example,  where  these 
events are initiated by a DNO for them to undertake 
upgrade  works  in  the  local  area)  accounted  for 
1.75% (2020: 0.70%) of total generation, equating 
to 9.56 GWh. These outages are accounted for in the 
portfolio’s Net PR for the year of 80.3%.

The table below summarises the main outage events 
during the reporting period: 

Lost 
Generation 
(MWh) 

Lost 
Revenue 
(£000s)

Asset

Installed 
Capacity 
(MWp)

Brief description of Event

854.9

103.2

Bradenstoke

70.0

613.5 

97.02 

Southwick

47.9

Central  inverter  downtime  for  annual  preventative 
maintenance  during  April,  May  and  June  2021. 
Normally  conducted  in  the  winter  months,  this 
maintenance was delayed due to the planned grid 
connection works mid-May/early June. 

Replacement  of  failed  AC  circuit  boards  across 
a  significant  number  of  string  inverters  in  July  & 
August 2020 due to a systemic equipment failure. 
Fault  accepted  as  manufacturer  defect  and  re-
placements provided (at no cost to the SPV).

548.9

75.22

West Raynham 

50.0

2-day  DNO  outage  in  July  20,  HV  &  inverter 
maintenance  in  Nov  20  and  various  inverter 
corrective maintenance in Aug 20.

492.5

62.08

Hardingham

20.1

Inverter power unit failures due to faulty cooling 
equipment, March & April 2021. 

345.5

42.89

Redlands

6.2

Substation  offline  during  April  2021  due  to 
equipment failure. Insurance claim submitted for 
equipment replacement costs and lost revenue.

337.4

43.27

Foxcombe

5.3

Planned  DNO  outage  for  improvement  works  to 
the local network, 6-25 September 2020.

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23 
 
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LITTLE BEAR

During the financial year, the Group received £160.4k 
in LDs (£393.4k in FY19/20) for underperformance, 
revenue 
losses  and  the  rectification  of  minor 
equipment defects. 

Successful 
insurance  claims,  rebates  and  RO 
mutualisation revenues provided for a combined total 
of £1.09m (FY19/20: combined total of £2.01m).

The  ability  of 
to  collect  LDs, 
the  Group 
notwithstanding  that  the  portfolio  overall  has 
performed  in  line  with  expectations,  reflects  the 
fact that the Group benefits from strong enforceable 
contractual  protections  and  warranties  across  its 
portfolio and that the Investment Adviser has been 
disciplined in enforcing the group’s rights to deliver 
the optimal outcome for its investors. 

In  addition,  the  Group’s  subsidiaries  received 
£622.2k  of  payments  from  insurance  claims  (with 
a further £354.9k of submitted claims under review 
by the insurer) and £77.4k of business rates rebates, 
following  appeals  which  highlighted  discrepancies 
in the Valuation Office’s calculations. 

In  addition,  the  Group  received  £150.58k  from  RO 
Mutualisation  benefits  for  CP16  (1  Apr  2017  –  31 
March  2018)  and  a  further  £242.8k  for  the  CP17 
period, totalling £393.4k. RO Mutualisation payments 
are  provided  by  suppliers  to  Ofgem  to  cover  any 
significant shortfall in the total RO payment amounts 
received due to some suppliers going out of business 
during the obligation period. CP16 was the first time 
the  mutualisation  mechanism  has  been  triggered. 
Funds  are  then  recycled  back  to  suppliers  who  met 
their  RO  with  ROCs  (but  not  to  those  suppliers  who 
failed  to  meet  their  RO).  Any  positive  difference 
between  the  amount  a  supplier  paid  into  the  fund, 
then received back, is passed onto the generator as 
defined in the Company’s PPA agreements. 

As  at  30  June  2021,  all  but  two  PV  plants  had 
successfully  passed  their  warranty  periods  and 
achieved  final  acceptance,  equating  to  a  combined 
installed  capacity  of  594.38MWp  which  represents 
97%  of  the  portfolio.  The  remaining  two  sites 
are  expected  to  achieve  final  acceptance  by  31 
December 2021.

During the year a single plant (Redlands, 6.2MWp), 
completed and passed final acceptance testing.

Final  acceptance  occurs  following  the  fulfilment  of 
the contractual requirements by the EPC Contractor. 
These  requirements  entail  the  plant’s  performance 
being  above  the  contractually  warranted  levels  over 
an average of at least two years of testing period, as 
well as the asset being defect free. A comprehensive 
audit of the site for defects is conducted by BSL, all 
of  which  are  remedied  or  provided  for  before  the 
final  acceptance  is  passed.  Following  this  rigorous 
procedure  and  the  issuance  of  the  final  acceptance 
certificate,  the  EPC  Contractor  is  released  from  its 
contractual  obligations,  though  some  warranties 
will remain in place for the full statute of limitations 
period.   

Following the assets passing their final acceptance, 
they  enter  new  availability  and/or  performance 
guarantees  with  their  respective  O&M  providers, 
from  comprehensive 
whilst  also  benefitting 
insurance  coverage  with  respect  to  damage,  theft, 
equipment failure and business interruption. 

Figure 3. BSIF Portfolio Assets Under EPC Warranty (‘pre-FAC’) and post-FAC, as at 30 June 2021

594.38 MWp

18.39 MWp

Pre FAC (3%)

Post FAC (97%)

During the year ended 30 June 2021, O&M contracts for a further 14 assets (totalling 107.84MWp) 
were transferred to Bluefield Operations Limited (‘BOL’). BOL now provides O&M services on a total 
of 50 plants with a combined capacity of 473.52MWp, equating to 77.3% of the portfolio. 

Using BOL as the O&M provider to these 50 assets has provided annual operational cost savings 
of c. £413.3k, in addition to the tangible operational benefits from increased contractual service 
levels and faster response times through a close operational working relationship with the asset 
manager, BSL. 

The Company’s operating portfolio as at 30 June 2021 and the electricity generated in the 2020/21 
financial year is shown below:  

2424Table 4. BSIF Portfolio Generation for 2020/21 by Asset: 

Solar Farm Asset

West Raynham 

Southwick 

Elms 

Hardingham 

Pentylands 

Molehill 

Hoback 

Littlebourne 

Goosewillow 

Hill Farm 

Roves 

Pashley 

Hall Farm 

Sheppey 

Betingau 

Capelands 

North Beer 

Ashlawn 

Redlands 

Bidwell*

Nottington*

Lower Marsh*

Saxley 

Cobbs Cross*

Stow Longa*

Total 
Investment 
Commitment 
(GBP)

Installed 
Capacity 
(MWp)

Generation 
to 30 June 
2021 (Actual, 
\MWh)

Solar Farm Asset

Total 
Investment 
Commitment 
(GBP)

Installed 
Capacity 
(MWp)

Generation 
to 30 June 
2021 (Actual, 
\MWh)

Solar Farm Asset

Total 
Investment 
Commitment 
(GBP)

Installed 
Capacity 
(MWp)

Generation 
to 30 June 
2021 (Actual, 
\MWh)

55.9 

61.0 

32.8 

22.7 

21.4 

23.1 

19.0 

22.0 

19.0 

17.3 

14.0 

15.4 

13.4 

12.0 

11.2 

8.6 

9.3 

7.6 

6.4 

8.1

11.8

8.6

7.0 

9.1

8.8

50.0

47.9

28.9

20.1

19.2

18.0

17.5

17.0

16.9

15.2

12.7

11.5

11.4

10.6

10.0

8.4

6.9

6.6

6.2

6.1

6.0

5.9

5.9

5.7

5.3

47,059.77 

Foxcombe*

44,371.65 

Beaford*

27,490.84 

Eastcott*

17,581.67 

Hamptworth (Big Field)*

16,823.25 

Holly Farm 

18,337.16 

East Farm 

16,451.60 

Great Houndbeare (Little Bear)

16,583.15 

Durrants 

15,893.13 

Clapton 

14,357.47 

Romsey 

11,617.34 

Old Stone 

12,077.30 

Salhouse 

11,136.39 

Frogs Loke 

10,717.93 

Place Barton 

8,252.83 

Court Farm 

7,777.33 

The Grange 

6,590.14 

Bunns Hill 

6,365.78 

Oulton 

5,616.89 

Rookery 

6,145.91 

Wormit 

6,918.09 

Kellingley 

5,821.25 

Kislingbury 

5,550.91 

Willows 

5,602.41 

Gretton

5,242.58 

Trethosa 

7.5

8.3

10.1

8.8

7.2 

7.2 

6.8 

6.4 

6.3 

5.8 

5.7 

5.6 

5.6 

5.5 

5.5 

5.4 

5.3 

5.3 

5.2 

5.1 

5.0 

5.0 

4.6 

5.1

5.8 

5.3

5.2

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

4.9

4.8

5,036.50 

Folly Lane 

4,902.53 

Gypsum 

5,149.85 

Tollgate Farm 

4,879.12 

Burnaston 

5,385.19 

Galton Manor 

5,338.98 

Thornton Lane 

5,095.51 

Blackbush*

5,405.62 

Barvills 

4,959.77 

Hazel*

4,977.96 

Norton Hall*

4,992.94 

Lount*

4,761.07 

Langlands 

4,649.81 

Stantway*

5,049.73 

Aberporth*

5,182.98 

Goshawk (10 micro sites) 

4,857.60 

Butteriss (20 micro sites) 

4,612.76 

Corby 

4,565.32 

Promothames (9 micro sites) 

5.3 

4.4 

4.6 

14.4 

5.5 

3.7 

6.6

3.3 

4.3

4.1

3.3

3.1 

2.7

2.0

2.0 

2.3 

2.3 

1.3 

4.8

4.5

4.3

4.1

3.8

3.6

3.4

3.2

2.8

2.8

2.5

2.1

1.8

1.4

1.1

0.8

0.5

0.4

4,600.63 

4,254.53 

4,013.74 

3,706.07 

3,955.93 

3,113.00 

2,983.96 

3,202.71 

2,788.86 

2,643.80 

2,259.71 

2,096.27 

1,811.88 

1,361.08 

1,057.36 

610.77 

433.39 

323.29 

4,712.10 

SUB-TOTAL

674.8 

543.0

518,050.10

4,581.44 

4,801.43 

4,633.64 

4,475.76 

Assets with <12 Month’s Performance Data (normally due to 
acquisition during period) 

Bradenstoke*

SUB-TOTAL 

89.0

89.0

70.0

70.0

27,076.33

27,076.33

4,582.40 

GRAND TOTAL 

763.8 

613.0 

545,126.43

4,860.35 

*Assets acquired during the year

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS25Devon & Cornwall

Beaford 
Winkleigh 

Bidwell 
Dartington 

Eastcott 
Bude 

Foxcombe 
Hollacombe 

Capelands 
Barnstaple 

Langlands 
Ashill 

Little Bear 
Exeter 

North Beer 
Launceston 

Old Stone 
Totnes 

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.2
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   Prosolia UK
subsidy vintage   2.0 ROC

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   6.1
panelsupplier   REC
epc contractor   Prosolia UK 
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Conergy
epc contractor   Padero Solaer
subsidy vintage   FiT

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.3
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor  Padero Solaer
subsidy vintage  1.6 ROC

investment date   August 2014
capacity (mwp)   8.4
panel supplier   S-Energy
epc contractor   Juwi Renewables
subsidy vintage  1.4 ROC

investment date   February 2017
capacity (mwp)   2.1
panel supplier   Yingli
epc contractor  Ikaros
subsidy vintage   2.0 ROC

investment date  October 2018
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Canadian Solar
subsidy vintage  1.2 ROC

investment date   October 2013
capacity (mwp)   6.9
panel supplier   Hareon
epc contractor  Parabel UK
subsidy vintage   2.0 ROC

investment date   January 2017
5.0
Capacity (MWp)  
panel supplier   JA Solar
epc contractor  Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

Capelands

Eastcott

Beaford

Langlands

Foxcombe

North Beer

Little Bear

Trethosa

Bidwell

Place Barton

Old Stone

Place Barton 
Totnes 

investment date   January 2017
capacity (mwp)  
panel supplier  
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

5.0
JA Solar

Trethosa 
St Austell 

investment date   July 2015
capacity (mwp) 
panel supplier 
epc contractor   Wirsol Energy
subsidy vintage 

4.8
REC

FiT

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS26 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dorset & Somerset 

Recently aquired assets

Lower Marsh 
Taunton 

Cobbs Cross 
Bridgewater 

Existing assets

Nottington 
Buckland Ripers 

Ashlawn 
Axbridge 

Clapton 
Cucklington 

East 
Overmoigne 

Galton Manor 
Overmoigne 

Holly 
Overmoigne 

Redlands 
Bridgwater 

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.7
panel supplier   Conergy
epc contractor   Padero Solaer
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC 

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.9
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor  Prosolia UK
subsidy vintage  1.6 ROC

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   6.0
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   Padero Solaer
subsidy vintage   2.0 ROC

investment date   August 2014
capacity (mwp)   6.6
panel supplier   Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Parabel UK
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   August 2014
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Jinko Solar
epc contractor  Vogt Solar
subsidy vintage  1.2 ROC

investment date   March 2018
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Jinko Solar
epc contractor   Vogt Solar
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   March 2018
capacity (mwp)   3.8
panel supplier   Jinko Solar
epc contractor   Vogt Solar
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   March 2018
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Jinko Solar
epc contractor  Vogt Solar
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   August 2014
capacity (mwp)   6.2
panel supplier   S-Energy
epc contractor   Juwi Renewables
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

Ashlawn

Cobbs Cross

Redlands

Lower Marsh

Clapton

Nottington

Galton Manor, 
Holly and East

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS27 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gloucestershire & Wiltshire

Bigfield 
Hamptworth 

Bradenstoke 
Hamptworth 

Norton Hall 
Mickleton 

Stantway 
Westbury 

Grange 
Newent 

Gretton 
Gretton 

Pentylands 
Highworth 

Roves 
Sevenhampton 

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   Prosolia UK  
subsidy vintage   2.0 ROC

investment date   January 2021
capacity (mwp)   70.0
panel supplier   Jinko Solar  

Hareon  
Canadian Solar  

epc contractor   British Solar 
Renewables  

subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   2.8
panel supplier   Solaria
epc contractor   Valfortec UK
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   1.8
panel supplier   ReneSola
epc contractor   Valfortec UK
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   February 2016
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   January 2020
capacity (mwp)   4.9
panel supplier   AEG
epc contractor   CTF Solar
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   February 2014
capacity (mwp)  19.2
panel supplier  Astroenergy
epc contractor   Conergy
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   March 2015
capacity (mwp)   12.7
panel supplier   Astroenergy
epc contractor   Wirsol Energy
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

Norton Hall

Gretton

Grange

Stantway

Pentylands

Roves

Bradenstoke

Bigfield

Recently aquired assets

Existing assets

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS28 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Northamptonshire, Oxfordshire 
Cambridgeshire & Warwickshire

Blackbush 
Wittlesey 

Stow Longa 
Stow Longa 

Corby 
Corby 

Elms 
Wantage 

Goosewillow 
Steventon 

Hill Farm 
Abingdon 

Hoback 
Royston 

Kislingbury 
Kislingbury 

Tollgate 
Leamington Spa 

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   3.4
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   Prosolia UK 
subsidy vintage   FiT

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.3
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   Prosolia UK
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   December 2016
capacity (mwp)   0.5
panel supplier   Azur
epc contractor   British Gas
subsidy vintage   FiT

investment date   February 2015
capacity (mwp)   28.9
panel supplier   Astroenergy
epc contractor   Wirsol Energy
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   Aug & Nov 2013
capacity (mwp)   16.9
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   Ikaros Solar
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   October 2013
capacity (mwp)   15.2
panel supplier   Yingli
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   June 2014
capacity (mwp)   17.5
panel supplier   Jinko Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   December 2016
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   January 2016
capacity (mwp)   4.3
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

Blackbush

Corby

Stow Longa

Hoback

Tollgate

Kislingbury

Goosewillow

Elms

Hill Farm

Recently aquired assets

Existing assets

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS29 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derbyshire, Leicestershire, Lincolnshire, 
Staffordshire & Yorkshire 

Lount Farm 
Ashby-de-la-Zouch  capacity (mwp)  2.5

investment date   August 2020

Kellingley

Willows 
Uttoxeter 

Burnaston 
Burnaston 

Folly Lane 
Boston 

Gypsum 
Sileby 

Kellingley 
Beal 

Thornton 
Thornton 

panel supplier   Jinko Solar
epc contractor   Valfortec UK
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   November 2016
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier  Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   April 2016
capacity (mwp)   4.1
panel supplier   Sharp
epc contractor   British Gas
subsidy vintage  FiT

investment date   December 2015
capacity (mwp)   4.8
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   December 2016
capacity (mwp)   4.5
panel supplier  Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Parabel UK
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   June 2017
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   TSF Construction
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   January 2020
capacity (mwp)   3.6
panel supplier   AEG
epc contractor  CTF Solar
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

Folly Lane

Willows

Burnaston

Lount Farm

Thornton

Gypsum

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS30 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Norfolk

Bunns Hill 
North Walsham 

Frogs Loke 
North Walsham 

Hall Farm 
East Beckham 

Hardingham 
Wicklewood 

Hardingham X 
Wicklewood 

Oulton 
Oulton 

Rookery 
Attleborough 

Salhouse 
Norwich 

West Raynham 
West Raynham 

investment date   December 2015
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Neo Solar Europe
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   December 2015
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage  1.3 ROC

investment date   December 2013
capacity (mwp)   11.4
panel supplier   Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Ikaros Solar
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   September 2013
capacity (mwp)   14.9
panel supplier   Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   November 2014
capacity (mwp)   5.2
panel supplier   Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   February 2016
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   January 2016
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   June 2015
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier  REC
epc contractor   Wirsol Energy
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   June 2015
capacity (mwp)   50.0
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   MAETEL / ACS
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

Hall Farm

Oulton

Bunns 
Hill

Frogs Loke

West 
Raynham

Salhouse

Hardingham

Rookery

Recently aquired assets

Existing assets

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS31 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Barvills

Sheppey

Molehill

Littlebourne

Saxley

Romsey

Durrants

Southwick

Pashley

Essex, Hampshire, Isle of Wight, 
Kent, & Sussex

Barvills 
East Tilbury 

Durrants 
Newport 

Littlebourne 
Cantebury 

investment date   December 2016
capacity (mwp)   3.2
panel supplier   Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Parabel UK
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

investment date   September 2014
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   REC
epc contractor   REC Systems
subsidy vintage   FiT

investment date   January 2016
capacity (mwp)   17.0
panel supplier   Hanwha Solar One
epc contractor   Vogt Solar
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

Molehill 
Herne Bay 

Pashley 
Bexhill on Sea 

Romsey 
Romsey 

investment date   January 2016
capacity (mwp)   18.0
panel supplier   Hanwha Solar One
epc contractor r  Vogt Solar
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   January 2016
capacity (mwp)   11.5
panel supplier  Hanwha Solar One
epc contractor   Voght Solar
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   February 2016
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Canadian Solar
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

Saxley 
Andover 

Sheppey 
Isle of Sheppey 

Southwick 
Fareham 

investment date   December 2013
capacity (mwp)   5.9
panel supplier   Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

investment date   January 2014
capacity (mwp)   10.6
panel supplier   Yingli
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   January 2016
capacity (mwp)   47.9
panel supplier 
epc contractor   Solar Century
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

JA Solar

32 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scotland

Wormit 
Fife 

Wales

Aberporth 
Cardigan 

Betingau 
Swansea 

Court Farm 
Llanmartin 

investment date   January 2020
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   AEG
epc contractor   CTF Solar
subsidy vintage   1.3 ROC

investment date   August 2020
capacity (mwp)   1.4
panel supplier   Solaria
epc contractor   Valfortec UK
subsidy vintage   1.4 ROC

investment date   December 2013
capacity (mwp)   10.0
panel supplier 
epc contractor  Prosolia
subsidy vintage   1.6 ROC

Sharp / REC

investment date   December 2016
capacity (mwp)   5.0
panel supplier   Hanwha Q Cells
epc contractor   Parabel UK
subsidy vintage   1.2 ROC

Micro Sites

Butteriss Downs 
20 sites 

Goshawk 
11 Sites 

investment date   August 2015
capacity (mwp)   0.8
panel supplier   Trina / LDK
epc contractor   British Gas
subsidy vintage   FiT

investment date   September 2014
capacity (mwp)   1.1
panel supplier   Trina / Suntech
epc contractor   British Gas
subsidy vintage   FiT

Promothames 
Recently aquired assets
9 Sites 

investment date   August 2015 
capacity (mwp)   0.4
panel supplier   Trina
epc contractor   British Gas
subsidy vintage   FiT

Existing assets

Wormit

Aberporth

Betingau

Court Farm

Hazel

Butteriss Downs

Promothames

Goshawk

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS33 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Value Enhancement Initiatives 
The  most  significant  of  these  initiatives  is  a  wide-ranging  asset  life 
extension  programme,  which  seeks  to  allow  the  SPVs  to  extend  the 
available tenor of the PV plants (above 2MWp of installed capacity) up 
to at least 40 years (with the majority of the assets’ leases and planning 
approvals currently envisaging an average term of more than 25 years). 

PPA Strategy
Over  the  year  the  Company  maintained  its  strategy  of  fixing 
power price contracts for periods between 12 and 36 months 
with  the  majority  of  contracts  continuing  to  be  struck  for  a 
minimum of 18 months (the average required duration under 
the LTF agreement with Aviva). 

The  Company  has  continued  to  implement  the  approach  of 
fixing  power  prices  evenly  throughout  the  year,  in  order  to 
mitigate  the  Company’s  exposure  to  seasonal  fluctuations 
and  short  term  events  which  have  the  potential  to  increase 
volatility in the price of electricity in the UK. 

Prices  can  be  agreed  up  to  3  months  in  advance  of  the 
commencement of the fixing period and PPA counterparties 
are selected on a competitive basis, but with a clear focus on 
achieving value and diversification of counterparty risk. 

The graph below shows that as at 30 June 2021 the Company 
has a price confidence level of 100% to December 2021 and 
c.88% to June 2022 over the pricing of its power and subsidy 
revenue streams. 

Figure 4. % of BSIF revenues fixed as at 30 June 2021

In  addition  to  extending  the  lease  tenor  and  inserting  battery 
storage  optionality,  each  SPV  is  also  including  options  around  the 
future  optimisation  of  each  plant.  Examples  of  this  include  rights 
to  re-powering,  reconfiguring,  or  permitting  the  laying  of  additional 
conducting  media  (primarily  cables  to  support  the  installation  of 
batteries). 

The  discussions  on  lease  extensions  also  present  an  opportunity  for 
landowners  to  request  variations  and  where  these  do  not  materially 
affect the operation of the plants or adversely impact the economics of 
its investment, the Company makes every effort to accommodate the 
landowner’s wishes (such as rights to graze livestock on the sites). 

Over  the  last  12  months  the  programme  has  continued  to  progress 
well,  with  negotiations  concluded  and  40-year  or  more  leases  now 
available on 36 assets (FY 2019/20: 29 assets) with a combined total 
of  262.7MWp,  representing  42.9%  of  the  (larger)  portfolio  as  at  30 
June 2021. Of these 36 assets, 28 (combined total of 225.8MWp) have 
received successful planning determinations following the execution of 
the extension options. 

To  date,  100%  of  the  planning  submissions  have  been  successful, 
often  with  the  amended  terms  receiving  unanimous  support  from 
the  relevant  planning  authority.  At  the  time  of  writing,  plants  with  an 
aggregated  installed  capacity  of  25.8MWp  have  been  submitted  and 
are awaiting planning decision, with applications for a further 4 plants 
(total: 26.3MWp) to be submitted by end-September 2021.

As a reflection of the successful progress made regarding negotiations 
with  landlords,  receipt  of  positive  planning  determinations  and  wider 
market assumptions regarding asset lives in transactions, the Directors 
believe  it  appropriate,  within  the  June  2021  Directors’  Valuation,  to 
value 80% of the portfolio, 490MWp (245MWp in June 20), on the basis 
of up to 40 years of operational life. 

Looking ahead, if the Company were to decide it appropriate to value 
all assets on the basis of 40-year operational lives (being the remaining 
20%  of  the  portfolio)  the  prospective  valuation  uplift  would  be 
c.£14.5m or c.2.9pps. 

Note: There is c.95MWp of capacity (some 20% of the portfolio) which benefits from long term offtake agreements, with 9 years remaining. 
These agreements have built in floor prices, which are automatically applied in the absence of direct short-term power price fixes. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS34 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s strategy of fixing prices over periods of 12-36 months 
means the portfolio has the flexibility to capitalise on periods of above-
forecasted power prices, as it successfully did during September 2018, 
but also to avoid fixing at points of significant market deterioration (e.g. 
in April 2020 and May 2020). This is made possible by the Board and 
Investment  Adviser’s  strategy  of  securing  leverage  at  the  portfolio, 
rather than asset, level. 

Furthermore,  this  also  gives  the  Company  the  flexibility  to  explore 
value-enhancing options, such as negotiating corporate PPA offtakes, 
as well as maximising potential economies of scale by taking advantage 
of  opportunities  available  only  to  owners  who  can  commit  significant 
volumes of generating capacity. 

With higher gas prices resulting in a change to the gas-coal switching 
dynamics,  demand  for  carbon  emissions  certificates  have  risen  from 
coal  generators  which  together  with  EU  policy  announcements,  have 
pushed EU ETS carbon prices north of 60 €/tonne, with UK-ETS carbon 
pricing tracking accordingly. 

The impact of the drivers outlined above was a year-on-year increase of 
50.6% between the UK day ahead market base load power price for the 
12 months to 30 June 2020 of £35.66 per MWh to £53.71 per MWh for 
the 12 months to 30 June 2021. 

As a further illustration of the points mentioned above, the below charts 
compare the wholesale electricity prices versus gas and carbon from 
December 2018 to June 2021. 

The upward movement of the wholesale power market is yet to be fully 
reflected  in  the  Company’s  average  seasonal  weighted  power  price 
which has declined by 11.0%, from £53.76 per MWh for the 12 months 
ending 30 June 2020 to £47.86 per MWh to 30 June 2021. This fall is 
due principally to the expiry of high price fixes achieved in September 
2018 (which averaged c.£60 per MWh across 177MWp of the portfolio) 
and  resulting  re-fixes,  despite  still  being  materially  above  forecasted 
levels at c.£50 per MWh, being lower.

The impact of power prices on NAV is set out in the valuations section.

Revenues and Power Price
The portfolio’s revenue streams in the reporting period (including any 
ROC recycle estimates for CP 20; the period April 2020 to March 2021) 
show that the sale of electricity accounted for 38% (June 2020: 41%) 
of the Company’s income. Regulated revenues from the sale of FiTs and 
ROCs accounted for 62% (June 2020: 59%).

Looking back over the Company’s financial year, the wholesale power 
market has recovered from the lows the market experienced in spring 
2020.

Natural  gas  and  carbon  continued  to  be  key  drivers  of  the  UK  power 
market and as both have risen in price since April  2020,  so too  have 
UK power prices. Within the reporting period, particularly strong prices 
have  been  observed  since  April  2021,  when  multi-year  highs  in  gas 
contract prices, all-time high carbon prices as well as multi-year high 
Brent  Crude  oil  prices  all  combined  to  drive  significant  power  price 
rises on both the day ahead (baseload reached an average of £79/MWh 
during  June  2021)  and  12-18  month  seasonal  periods  (Winter  2021 
baseload reached highs of £95/MWh in May/June 2021). 

Driving the rise in gas and power prices, which have continued to climb 
post period end, have been a series of interconnected factors. Firstly, 
the start of 2021 saw a particularly cold winter in Europe which in turn 
caused significant draw-down of European gas storage facilities. With 
domestic  gas  production  from  the  North  Sea  falling  and  challenges 
with supply from Groningen, this increased the need to replenish gas 
reserves  during  Summer  21  from  outside  Europe.  However,  at  the 
same time demand in Asia rose sharply and limited shipping capacity 
prevented further export of US gas to Asia and Europe – further pushing 
up already high European LNG prices.

Source data from Bloomberg. Carbon price EU ETS from Bloomberg, effective GB price based on IA calculations 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS351.3 ROC

56,288 

1.2 ROC

88,405 

2.7 

5.3 

3.9 

7.7 

Portfolio Income

Portfolio Costs

3. Analysis of underlying earnings

The  total  generation  and  revenue  earned  in  2020/21  by  the 
Company’s portfolio, split by subsidy regime, is outlined below.

Subsidy 
Regime

Generation 
(MWh)

PPA Revenue 
(£m)

Regulated 
Revenue (£m)

FiT

24,531

2.0 ROC

28,175 

1.6 ROC

111,206 

0.9

1.4 

5.4 

5.4

3.0 

9.3 

1.4 ROC

236,521 

10.8 

17.2 

Total

545,126

26.5

46.5

The  Company  includes  ROC  recycle  assumptions  within  its 
long  term  forecasts  and  applies  a  market  based  approach 
on  recognition  within  any  current  financial  period,  including 
prudent  estimates  within  its  accounts  where  there  is  clear 
evidence that participants are attaching value to ROC recycle 
for the current accounting period.

In October 2020, Ofgem announced that value for ROC recycle 
for the period April 2019 to March 2020 (CP18) was £5.02/
ROC  (equivalent  to  10.29%  of  CP18  ROC  buyout  prices). 
This was in line with the ROC Recycle estimate the Company 
had recognised in its 30 June 2020 Financial Statements; a 
further ‘late payment’ amount of £0.63/ROC was announced 
in December 2020, equating to a further £459k. This amount 
has been included within the ‘Other revenue’ line within the 
table below.

The  key  drivers  behind  the  changes  in  Underlying  Earnings 
between  FY  2020/21  and  FY  2019/20  are  the  combined 
effects  of  lower  generation  and  PPA  pricing  (-10.3%  and 
-5.8%  respectively)  as  well  as  limited  receipt  of  business 
rates  rebates  being  offset  by  an  increase  in  earnings  from 
the 64.2MWp acquisition completed in August 2020 and the 
70MWp acquisition completed in January 2021.

The table below demonstrates that the portfolio generated underlying earnings, pre debt amortisation, of £48.6m (11.34pps) and underlying earnings 
for distribution, post debt repayments of £9.3m (2.17pps), of £39.3m (9.16pps).

As a result, after meeting the FY20/21 dividend target of 8.00pps, and accounting for the additional shares from the post period end equity raise of 
£105.1 million but before inclusion of earnings from the purchase of the Wind Portfolio acquired in post period end (as these will be shown in the 
reporting period to June 2022), the Company has carry forward earnings available for future dividends of 2.67pps.

Underlying Portfolio Earnings

Portfolio Revenue

Liquidated damages and Other Revenue*

Net Earnings from Acquisitions in the period

Project Finance Interest Costs

Total Portfolio Income Earned

Group Operating Costs#**

Group Debt Costs

Underlying Earnings

Group Debt Repayments

Underlying Earnings available for distribution

Bought forward reserves

Total funds available for distribution -1

Target distribution***

Actual Distribution -2

Underlying Earnings carried forward (1-2)

Excess Distribution Paid

Full year to 
30 June 21 (£m)

Full year to 
30 June 20 (£m)

Full year to 
30 June 19 (£m)

Full year to 
30 June 18 (£m)

73.1

2.0

5.1

80.2

-17.6

-1.8

60.8

-7.5

-4.7

48.6

-9.3

39.3

8.4

47.7

34.3

34.3

13.4

0.0

65.9

3.8

0.0

69.7

-14.1

-0.6

55.0

-5.8

-4.6

44.6

-9.2

35.3

2.3

37.6

29.3

29.3

8.4

0.0

63.6

0.8

0.0

64.4

-13.1

-0.6

50.7

-5.4

-4.6

40.7

-8.8

31.9

1.1

33.0

28.4

30.7

2.3

2.3

56.2

1.7

0.0

57.9

-12.9

-0.7

44.3

-4.3

-4.2

35.8

-8.3

27.5

1.1

28.6

27.5

27.5

1.1

0.0

*  Other Revenue includes ROC mutualisation, ROC recycle late payment CP 18, insurance proceeds, O&M settlement agreements and rebates received.
#  Includes the Company and BSIFIL (included within BSIFIL is a group tax charge of £2.3m vs £1.2m June 2020).
** Excludes one-off transaction costs and the release of up-front fees related to the Company’s debt facilities
*** Target distribution is based on funds required for total target dividend for each financial period. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS364. NAV and Valuation of the Portfolio
The Investment Adviser is responsible for advising the Board in determining the Directors’ Valuation and, 
when required, carrying out the fair market valuation of the Company’s investments.

Valuations are carried out on a six-monthly basis at 31 December and 30 June each year, with the Company 
committed to conducting independent reviews as and when the Board believes it benefits Shareholders. 

As  the  portfolio  comprises  only  non-market  traded  investments,  the  Investment  Adviser  has  adopted 
valuation guidelines based upon the IPEV Valuation Guidelines published by the BVCA (the British Venture 
Capital Association). The application of these guidelines is considered consistent with the requirements of 
compliance with IFRS 9 and IFRS 13.

Following consultation with the Investment Adviser, the Directors’ Valuation adopted for the portfolio as at 30 
June 2021 was £694.5m (30 June 2020, £624.3m).

The table below shows a breakdown of the Directors’ valuations over the last three financial years:

Valuation Component (£m)

June 2021

June 2020

June 2019

Enterprise Portfolio DCF value (EV)

Consented Solar Development rights

Deduction of Project Co debt

Projects valued at cost (amount invested)

Project Net Current Assets

Directors’ Valuation

Portfolio Size (MWp)

770.1

1.8

-119.8

0.0

42.4

694.5

613.0

602.7

0.0

-10.8

0.0

32.4

624.3

478.8

605.2

0.0

-11.7

0.0

28.6

622.1

465.3

During  the  reporting  period  there  have  been  a 
number  of  key  factors  that  have  been  considered 
in the Investment Adviser’s recommendation to the 
Directors’ Valuation:

(i)  Competition for operational assets has remained 
high,  as  the  range  of  pricing  on  subsidised 
solar  assets  equivalent  to  the  ROC  weighting 
of  the  Company’s  portfolio  (average  c.1.4ROC) 
continues  to  be  between  c.£1.20m/MWp  and 
c.£1.40m/MWp although the Investment Adviser 
is  observing  a  trend  of  increasingly  aggressive 
assumptions  where  pricing  is  beyond  £1.30m/
MWp for portfolios and projects comparable to the 
Company’s. Accordingly, to ensure the Company’s 
portfolio  sensibly  reflects  market  pricing  as  at 
30  June  2021,  the  Directors  have  continued  to 

apply a discount rate of 6.00% (cf. 6.00% in June 
2020);

(ii) Inclusion,  on  a  discounted  cash  flow  basis,  of 
both  the  64.2MWp  acquisition  completed  in 
August  2020  and  associated  financing  (the 
£110m  3  year  term  NatWest  loan  with  75%  of 
the  underlying  gilt  curve  interest  rate  exposure 
hedged over 18 years at a swap rate of 0.31%) 
as well as the 70MWp acquisition of Bradenstoke 
in January 2021 (resulting in the Company’s RCF 
being £90m drawn as at 30 June 2021);

(iii) The  increase  in  the  UK  Corporation  Tax  rate, 
following the Spring Budget in 2021, from 19% 
to 25% from 2023 for the remaining life of each 
of the Company’s assets;

MEADOW AT REDLANDS

The table below presents the underlying earnings on a ‘per share’ basis.

Full year to 
30 June 21 
 (£m)

Full year to 
30 June 20 
 (£m)

Full year to 
30 June 19 
 (£m)

Full year to 
30 June 18 
 (£m)

Target Distribution 

34.3

29.3

28.4

27.5

Total funds available for 
distribution
(inc reserves) 

Average Number of shares 
in year*

47.7

37.6

33.0

28.6

429,266,617  370,499,622 369,883,530 369,866,027

Target Dividend (pps)

8.00

7.90

7.68

7.43

Total funds available for 
distribution (pps)

Total Dividend Declared & 
Paid (pps)

Reserves carried forward 
(pps) ** 

11.19

10.13

8.91

7.73

8.00

2.67

7.90

2.23

8.31

0.60

7.43

0.30

*   Average number of shares is calculated based on shares in issue at the time each dividend was 

declared.

**  Reserves  carried  forward  are  based  on  the  shares  in  issue  at  the  point  of  Annual  Accounts 

publication (being c.496m shares, 2020: c.370m).

*** An additional dividend of 0.63pps was paid for the year ended 30 June 2019. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS37(iv) Reflecting continued progress of the Company’s 
asset  life  extension  programme  (as  outlined  in 
the  Portfolio  section),  the  Directors’  valuation 
now assumes 80% of the Company’s portfolio is 
valued on the basis of 30-40 years of operational 
life  (490MWp  as  at  30  June  2021  vs  245MWp 
as  at  30  June  2020).  The  Board  continues  to 
believe  the  most  suitable  method  to  value  the 
additional  cash  flows  from  these  assets  is  to 
apply a combination of prudent assumptions on 
performance and maintenance reserve as well as 
a discount rate of 7.5% (7.5% in June 2020) for 
periods over 30 years. As at 30 June 2021, the 
weighted  average  remaining  life  of  the  portfolio 
was 30.2 years (June 2020: 27.4 years);

(v) As  reported  in  the  Company’s  30  June  2020 
annual  report,  the  Directors’  Valuation  now  uses 
an equal blend of three leading forecasters’ power 
curves (see power curve graph to the right).

Discounting Methodology and Discount Rate
The Directors’ Valuation is based on the discounting 
of  post-tax,  projected  cash 
flows  of  each 
investment, based on the Company’s current capital 
structure, with the result then benchmarked against 
comparable  market  multiples.  The  discount  rate 
applied on the post-tax levered project cash flows is 
the weighted average discount rate. 

In  addition,  the  Board  continues  to  adopt  the 
approach  under  the  ‘willing  buyer/willing  seller’ 
methodology,  that  the  valuation  of  the  Company’s 
portfolio  be  appropriately  benchmarked  on  £/MWp 
basis  against  comparable  portfolio  transactions. 
Strong  competition  for  large  scale  portfolios  of 
equivalent or lower ROC banding to the Company’s, 
mean pricing continues to be within a pricing range 
of  £1.20m/MWp  -  £1.40m/MWp  and  so  by  valuing 
the  portfolio  at  an  EV  of  £770.1m  (June  2020: 
£602.7m),  and  an  effective  price  of  £1.26m/MWp 
(June 2020: £1.26m/MWp), using a discount rate of 
6.0%,  the  Board  remains  conservatively  within  the 
pricing range of precedent market transactions. 

Debt Assumptions 
The debt assumptions within the Directors’ Valuation 
reflect  all  third-party  loans  within  the  Company’s 
capital structure as at the valuation date. Interest rates 
and  repayment  profiles  are  matched  to  the  terms 
of each loan. In the case of any short-term financing, 
conservative assumptions are applied with respect to 
interest rates and repayment profiles post maturity. 
As  at  30  June  2021,  the  Company’s  short  term 
debt consisted of £90m drawn under its RCF along 
with  a  £110m  term  loan  from  NatWest,  maturing 
in  September  2023,  with  the  conversion  assumption 
within the Directors’ Valuation aligned to the percentage 
of the loan that has been hedged (being 75% with 18-
year interest rate swaps at a rate of 0.31% until 2038). 

The  interest  rate  applied  to  the  converted  balance 
of both the RCF and the NatWest term loan (being a 
cumulative balance of £145.5m) is 3.0%.

Power Price
The  blended  forecast  of  three  leading  consultants 
used within the latest Directors’ Valuation, as shown 
graphically below, is based on forecasts released in 
April 2021 and June 2021 and implies a compound 
annual  growth  rate,  in  real  terms  from  2021,  over 
the period of 30 years, of -1.47% per annum.

The  curves  used  in  the  30  June  2021  Directors 
Valuation reflect the following key updates: 

1. Electricity  demand,  driven  principally  through 
electrification  of  heat  and  transport,  is  expected 
to rise from 312TWh in 2021 to 474TWh in 2050;

2. As  outlined  on  page  35,  short-term  gas  prices 
have risen dramatically, driving material increases 
in near term wholesale power prices, 

3. Increased  renewable  deployment 

in  the  UK 
(notably by 2030 c. 33 GWp of Offshore wind, c.19 
GWp of Onshore Wind and c.19 GWp of solar) and 
Europe,  which  reflect  the  Government’s  energy 
budgets,  long-term  plans  and  announcements 
by  project  developers.  Compared  to  June  2020 
forecasts,  this  results  in  lower  price  forecasts  in 
the medium-long term.

For illustration purposes, the graph also includes the blended curves used in the past two 
Directors’ Valuations. 

Change in blended power price forecasts

BSIF blended Jun-21 

BSIF Blended Dec-20 

BSIF blended Jun-20 

The DCF for each project applies the contractually fixed power price applicable to each 
solar PV asset until the end of the fixed period and, thereafter, the blended independent 
forecast price.

Plant Performance 
With  all  assets  in  the  Company’s  portfolio  generating  for  a  minimum  of  four  years,  the 
entirety of the portfolio (being 613MWp as at 30 June 2021) is now being valued using 
PRs  that  reflect  historical  operational  performance  of  each  asset  (up  from  425MWp  in 
June 2020). The weighted average PR in the Director’s Valuation, including the effects of 
degradation, is 81.6% (June 2020: 82.2%). 

Consistent  with  the  valuation  approach  taken  in  previous  periods,  the  Directors’ 
Valuation does not amend long term plant performance forecasts based upon short term 
performance, especially while the plants remain within the warranty period and subject to 
outstanding contractual testing obligations.

Inflation
The Directors have decided to apply an inflation assumption between 2020 and 2025 of 
3.00%, and from 2025 onwards of 2.75%. 

Other Cash flow Assumptions
No material changes have been made regarding regulatory revenue or cost assumptions. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS38 
NAV Movement

Valuation Movement

Fall

Rise

NAV movement 
In  the  period,  the  Company  paid 
total  dividends  of  £31.1m,  being 
4.00pps  in  total  for  the  third 
and  fourth  interim  dividends  in 
respect  of  the  year  ended  30 
June  2020  and  4.00pps  in  total 
for  the  first  and  second  interim 
dividends  in  respect  of  the  year 
ended 30 June 2021.

Over  the  period  the  Company’s 
NAV  has  increased  by  £37.9m, 
from  £433.5m  as  at  30  June 
2020,  to  £471.4m  as  at  30 
June  2021.  Adjusting  the  30 
June  2020  NAV  of  £433.5m  for 
the  dividends  paid  in  the  period 
(£31.1m) and net equity raised of 
£44.5m results in an uplift in the 
NAV  of  the  Company  during  the 
period of £24.5m.

A breakdown in the movement of 
the NAV of the Company over the 
period and how this interacts with 
the movement in the valuation of 
the  portfolio  is  illustrated  in  the 
charts  below.  Post  period  end, 
in  July  2021  the  Company  paid 
the  third 
interim  dividend  for 
the  2020/21  financial  year  of 
2.00pps.

)
n
o

i
l
l
i

m

(
£

)
n
o

i
l
l
i

m

(
£

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS39 
 
Directors’ Valuation movement

30 June 2020 Valuation

New Investment (Bradenstoke -70MWp)

89.4

Re-based Valuation

New NatWest Loan

New Investment (Ampere - 64MWp)

Cash receipts from portfolio 

Power curve updates (incl. PPAs) 

Asset Life Extension

(110.0)

106.1

(55.8)

(18.0)

19.1

Corporate tax rate 25% for life of portfolio

(14.0)

Balance of portfolio return

53.4

 (£million)

As % of re-based  
valuation

624.3

713.7

(15.4)%

14.9%

(7.8)%

(2.5)%

2.7%

(2.0)%

7.5%

30 June 2021 Valuation

694.5

(2.7)%

REDLANDS

Each movement from the 30 June 2020 valuation is 
considered in turn below: 

New investment (134.2MWp PV assets) & New 
NatWest term loan
These  movements  reflect  the  base  investment  cost 
of £193.2m (being £104.2m for the 64MWp portfolio 
and  £89m  for  the  70MWp  asset  acquired  in  August 
2020 and January 2021 respectively), a small value 
uplift of £1.9m on the 64MWp portfolio and the three 
year  term  loan  of  £110m  the  Company  arranged 
with  NatWest  to  finance  the  64MWp  portfolio.  The 
difference in value between base cost of the 64MWp 
portfolio  and  quantum  of  the  NatWest  term  loan  is 
due to working capital and transaction fees.

Cash receipts from the Portfolio
This  movement  reflects  the  cash  payments  made 
from the underlying project companies up to BSIFIL 
and the Company to enable the companies to settle 
operating  costs  and  distribution  commitments  as 
they fall due within the period.

Power curve updates (incl. PPAs) 
The  Company’s  three 
independent  forecasters 
released updated forecasts in April 2021 and June 
2021 and these have been applied to the Directors’ 
Valuation. The impact of adopting an even blend of 
three independent forecasters as well as the latest 
power price fixes, against power price expectations 
applied in the 30 June 2020 valuation, results in a 
valuation decrease of £18.0m.

£19.1m increase in valuation compared to 30 June 
2020 reflects both the progress of the Company’s 
asset  life  extension  programme  over  the  last 
twelve  months  and  wider  transactional  market 
assumptions on asset life. 

Increase in Corporation Tax to 25% from 19% 
In  March  2021,  the  UK  Government  announced 
that Corporation Tax would be increased from 19% 
to  25%  from  April  2023.  As  such,  the  Directors’ 
Valuation has duly recognised this change, and this 
results in a reduction in value of £14.0m compared 
to the 30 June 2020 valuation.

Balance of Portfolio Return
The  balance  of  portfolio  return  is  predominantly 
the  result  of  the  unwinding  of  the  discount  rate 
over  the  period,  but  it  also  includes  the  effects  of 
the  Company’s  slight  change  in  capital  structure 
following  the  equity  issuance  of  £45m  and  the 
full  repayment  of  the  RCF  in  November  2020,  the 
extension by one year of inflation at 3.00% to 2025, 
release of working capital from new acquisitions in 
the period, as well as minor operational and financial 
assumption changes.

Other assumptions
Consistent  with  previous  Directors’  Valuations,  the 
valuation  assumes  a  terminal  value  of  zero  for  all 
projects  within  the  portfolio  c.25  years  after  their 
commencement of operation, or up to 40 years for 
those with asset life extensions.

The  discounted  cash  flow  for  each  project  applies 
the  contractually  fixed  power  price  applicable  to 
each solar PV asset until the end of the fixed period, 
and thereafter an even blend of three independent 
forecasters’ prices.

Asset life update
As  at  30  June  2021,  490MWp  of  the  Company’s 
portfolio has been valued on the basis of up to 40 
year operating life (versus 245MWp in June 2020).  
To  reflect  the  increased  uncertainty  in  the  latter 
period  of  each  asset’s  lifetime,  a  discount  rate  of 
7.50%  (7.50%  in  June  2020)  has  been  applied 
to  all  cash  flows  after  a  30  year  asset  life.  The 

There  have  been  no  material  changes 
to 
assumptions  regarding  the  future  performance  or 
cost optimisation of the portfolio when compared to 
the Directors’ Valuation of 30 June 2020. 

On  the  basis  of  these  key  assumptions,  the  Board 
believes  there  remains  further  potential  for  NAV 
enhancement from the potential extensions of asset 
life  for  further  projects  in  the  portfolio,  as  well  as 
cost optimisation on long term O&M fees.

The assumptions set out in this section will remain 
subject  to  continuous  review  by  the  Investment 
Adviser and the Board.

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS40 
REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reconciliation of Directors’ Valuation to Balance sheet

Category

Directors’ Valuation

BSIFIL Working Capital

BALANCE AT PERIOD END

30 June 2021 
(£m)

30 June 2020 
(£m)

30 June 2019 
(£m)

694.5

26.4

624.3

20.9

622.1

19.5

BSIFIL Debt

(250.6)

(212.8)

(205.9)

Financial Assets at Fair Value per Balance sheet 

470.3

Gross Asset Value

Gearing (% GAV**)

840.7

44%

432.4

653.3

33%

435.7

653.3

33%

*  30 June 2021, 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 include c.£1m of upstream intercompany loans.
** GAV is the Financial Assets, as at 30 June 2021, at Fair Value of £470.3m plus Aviva long term debt of £160.6m, 
Durrants’ project debt of £9.8m, RCF of £90m and NatWest of £110m term loan, (giving total debt of £370.4m). 
Subsequent to year end, the issue of equity caused a reduction of the gearing to 37% based on the 30 June 2021 NAV 
and addition of the wind portfolio.

Directors’ Valuation sensitivities
Valuation sensitivities are set out in tabular form in Note 8 of the financial statements. The following diagram 
reviews the sensitivity of the EV of the portfolio to the key underlying assumptions within the discounted cash 
flow valuation.

PASHLEY

415. Financing 

Aviva Investors Long Term Facility
The LTF is provided by Aviva Investors in two tranches. The first is a £121.5m fixed rate long term facility and the second is a £65.5m index-linked long term facility. 

Loan

Original Amount 
(Sept 16)

Current Amount 
(Jun 21)

Tenor

Cost

Average Loan Life 
at drawdown

Fixed

£121.5m

£99.4m

Fully amortising over 18 years 
to 2034, sculpted to cash flows 

All in cost of 287.5bps

10.6

Index-Linked

£65.5m

£61.1m

Fully amortising over 18 years 
to 2034, sculpted to cash flows

RPI plus 70bps

11.3

life  of 

the  Company’s 

Both  tranches  are  fully  amortising  over  18  years, 
providing  natural  alignment  with  the  average 
remaining 
regulated 
revenues,  eliminating  refinancing  risk  as  well  as 
insulating  the  Company’s  equity  cash  flows  from 
significant principal repayments in the final years 
of  the  facility  when  the  contribution  of  revenue 
from power is increased. 

During the period principal repayments of £8.0m, 
combined  with  indexation  increases  of  £1.7m, 
resulted  in  a  total  outstanding  balance  to  Aviva 
Investors  as  at  30  June  2021  of  £160.5m  (Fixed 
£99.4m, Index linked £61.1m).

is  held  by  the  Company’s  wholly-
The  LTF 
owned  subsidiary,  BSIFIL,  and  is  the  result  of  a 
deliberate structuring approach to maximise both 
transparency and portfolio management flexibility, 
whilst  also  delivering  a  low  cost  of  capital  (as  at 
3o June 2021, the blended all in debt cost of the 
facilities was 3.0%).

Thanks to the prudent leverage (37% of GAV as at 
30 December 2020), on the Company’s base case 
projections  the  average  DSCR  remains  close  to  3 
times. The current leverage (44% of GAV as at 30 
June  2021)  is  the  Company’s  position  pre  equity 
raise,  this  reduces  to  37%  as  at  30  September 
2021.

Natwest Revolving Credit Facility
On  6  November  2020,  the  Company  agreed  with 
NatWest,  to  extend  the  tenor  of  its  £50m  RCF  to 
September  2022.  This  includes  flexibility  for  a 
further one year extension to 30 September 2023 as 
well as an uncommitted facility of a further £50m. 
The  facility  therefore  has  £100m  available.  The 
terms of the revised facility remained unchanged, 
with a constant margin of 2.0% over LIBOR. 

As at 30 June 2021 the Company’s subsidiary had 
drawn £90m, out of the £100m available, from its 
RCF.

Post  period  end,  following  the  Company’s  equity 
raise of £105.1m and completion of the acquisitions 
of the Wind Portfolio for approximately £63 million 
and  £5  million  for  land  and  project  rights  for  a 

45MWp  solar  and  25MWp  battery  project,  the 
drawn balance of the RCF is currently £60m (out of 
£100m available). 

Both  the  RCF  and  the  LTF  are  secured  upon  a 
selection  of  the  Company’s  investment  portfolio 
and offer the ability to substitute reference assets. 

Project level debt
In addition to the LTF and the RCF, the Company also 
has a three year term loan with NatWest of £110m, 
maturing  in  September  2023  (secured  against 
a  portfolio  of  141.7MWp  within  the  Company’s 
structure) and a small project finance loan of £9.8m, 
provided  by  BayernLB  and  fully  amortising  until 
maturity in 2029, secured against Durrants, a 5MWp 
FiT plant located on the Isle of Wight. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS426. Market Developments 

UK solar photovoltaic capacity and deployment
According to BEIS, the UK’s total installed solar photovoltaic capacity as at June 2021 (the latest statistics available) was 13.53 GWp, 
across just over one million installations. This compares to 13.39 GWp in June 2020. Expansion over the period, of 186MWp, has been 
driven  exclusively  by  the  deployment  of  c.  50,000  small  unaccredited  installations  with  capacities  below  50  kWp.  The  chart  below 
illustrates how the deployment of new generating capacity has diminished significantly since the closure of the RO scheme in 2017.

* Source; BEIS, Solar photovoltaics deployment July 2021 

Capacity accredited nationally under the RO Scheme is 7.3 GWp, represents 50% of the total solar capacity in the UK, but constitutes 
only 2.1% of the number of installations. Capacity accredited under the FiT scheme was 5.1 GWp according to the latest data from BEIS 
released in July 2021. This equates to about 37% of total solar capacity and 79% of all installations. Subsidy-free capacity stands at 1.1 
GWp and 19% of installations, although many of these are micro installations.

Secondary market transactions and 
subsidy-free activity
Transactional  activity  in  the  UK  secondary  solar 
PV  market  saw  a  slight  resurgence  in  2020  and 
early 2021 after a quiet period in 2019 as investor 
appetite for subsidised assets continued to increase. 
According to the most recent figures from Bloomberg 
New Energy Finance (BNEF), 525MWp of subsidised 
projects  changed  hands  between  July  2020  and 
June  2021.  For  reference,  some  300MWp  of  solar 
PV project deals were reported in 2019. 

Activity  in  the  UK  subsidy-free  market  has  also 
continued at pace. Significant development activity 
is  now  underway  within  the  UK,  which  is  being 
driven by factors such as ambitious decarbonisation 
targets,  falling  installation  costs  and  the  inclusion 
of  solar  PV  in  the  upcoming  CfD  auction  round. 
Estimates  from  Solar  Power  Media  indicate  that 
there are over 17 GWp of large-scale solar projects 
in the development/ready-to-build phase (as at the 
end  of  June  2021),  a  96%  increase  on  the  9  GWp 
reported in June 2020.

Towards  the  beginning  of  the  period  there  were 
indications  that  the  construction  of  larger-scale 
unsubsidised projects was starting to gain momentum 
as  projects  progress  through  the  development 
phase.  However,  in  the  second  half  of  the  year,  this 
has  slowed  due  to  increased  construction  costs. 
The  elevated  pricing  is  being  driven  by  a  significant 
increase  in  module  prices,  together  with  increases 
in  commodity  prices  and  higher  shipping  costs/
disruption in global supply chains.

With  613MWp  under  management,  the  Company 
continues to maintain a strong position within the UK 
solar  market,  as  it  owns  and  operates  about  6.5% 
of  the  country’s  utility-scale  solar  PV  capacity.  As 
an established and experienced market participant, 
this  regulated  revenue  base  provides  a  strong 
foundation  for  growth  of  the  Company  through  its 
subsidy-free solar strategy. 

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS437. Regulatory Environment

Update on Contracts for Differences (CfD)
The  CfD  scheme  is  now  the  Government’s  main 
mechanism  for  supporting  low-carbon  electricity 
generation  and  operates  via  an  auction  process. 
During the period BEIS announced that solar PV will 
be allowed to participate in the next CfD allocation 
round (AR4) for the first time since 2015. 

The UK Government is aiming to support around 12 
GW of renewable energy projects in AR4, which is set 
to open in December 2021. The tender has been set 
a  £265m  budget  and  will  split  technologies  across 
three  ‘pots’.  Pot  1  (£10m)  includes  established 
technologies  such  as  onshore  wind  and  solar  PV; 
pot  2  (£55m)  includes  less-established  renewable 
technologies 
conversion 
such  as  advanced 
technologies  and  tidal  stream,  while  a  new  pot  3 
(£200m) has been set up for offshore wind. 

The  IA  is  evaluating  the  design  parameters  for 
AR4  with  its  advisors  and  assessing  which  of  the 
Fund’s pipeline of projects may be most suitable for 
entering  into  the  auction.  Subsequent  rounds  are 
then  expected  to  be  held  approximately  every  two 
years.

UK net zero target
Since  the  UK  introduced  legislation  requiring  net 
greenhouse  gas  emissions  to  reduce  to  zero  by 
2050,  the  Government  has  published  its  Ten  Point 
Plan  for  a  Green  Industrial  Revolution  and  the 
Energy  White  Paper.  These  documents  address 
how the Government envisages development of our 
energy system to accelerate the delivery of net-zero 
emissions and how it will promote a greener future 
for the country. 

In  December  2020  the  UK  Government  also 
announced 
its  new  Nationally  Determined 
Contribution  (NDC)  under  the  Paris  Agreement, 
which  commits  the  UK  to  reducing  nationwide 
greenhouse gas emissions by at least 68% by 2030, 
compared  to  1990  levels.  The  Climate  Change 
Committee  (“CCC”)  also  published  its  sixth  carbon 
budget  (covering  the  period  2033  –  2038),  which 
targets  a  78%  reduction  in  emissions  relative  to 
1990 levels. This target came into force on 24 June 
2021 and will for the first time cover the UK’s share 
of international aviation and shipping emissions.

The Ten Point Plan
This  document,  published  on  18  November  2020, 
outlined the government’s vision to become a global 
leader in green technologies and details targets for 
different sectors including offshore wind, hydrogen, 
transport,  carbon  capture  and  buildings.  The  plan 
also  outlines  ambitious  funding  plans,  including 
£12 billion of Government investment to help create 
and support up to 250,000 green jobs. Solar is not 
specifically referenced within the document, besides 
the plan to include it in the next CfD auction round.

Energy White Paper
The  Government  published  its  highly  anticipated 
Energy  White  Paper  on  14  December  2020,  which 
provides  further  clarity  on  how  the  UK  aims  to 
achieve  its  net  zero  target.  The  three  objectives 
stated  in  the  paper  are  to:  i)  transform  the  energy 
system;  ii)  support  a  green  recovery  and  promote 
green jobs; and iii) to create a fair deal for consumers. 
The paper provides further detail on how to achieve 
the targets set out in the Ten Point Plan, as well as 
announcements such as the establishment of a UK 
emissions trading system.

COP26
The UK is hosting the 26th UN Climate Change Conference of the Parties (COP26) in 
Glasgow from 31 October 2021 – 12 November 2021. These climate talks will bring 
together  heads  of  state,  climate  experts  and  environmental  campaigners  with  the 
objective of agreeing coordinated action to tackle climate change. As the UK has taken 
on COP26 Presidency, it has stated that it is committed to working with all countries 
and joining forces with civil society, companies and people on the frontline of climate 
change to inspire action ahead of COP26. The main goals of COP26 are to:

1.  Secure  global  net  zero  by  mid-century  and  keep  1.5  degrees  within  reach.  To 
deliver  this,  countries  are  expected  to  set  stretching  targets  to  deliver  emissions 
reductions by accelerating the phase-out of coal, curtailing deforestation, speeding 
up the transition to electric vehicles and encouraging investment in renewables.

2.  Adapt to protect communities and natural habitats. For example, by protecting 
and  restoring  ecosystems  and  building  resilient  infrastructure  to  protect  those 
affected by climate change.

3.  Mobilise  finance.  To  deliver  the  first  two  goals,  developed  countries  are  being 

encouraged to work to unleash trillions of dollars to secure global net zero.

4.  Work  together  to  deliver.  At  COP26  the  Paris  Rulebook  (the  detailed  rules  that 
make the Paris Agreement operational) is expected to be finalised, while talks are 
expected to help collaboration between governments, businesses and society.

Bluefield Partners LLP
4 October 2021

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS44Environmental, Social and Governance Reports

1. Introduction from Chairman

The  Company  was  founded  on  the  belief  that 
renewable investments created the opportunity for 
attractive and stable returns whilst advancing the 
decarbonisation of the energy markets. As a pioneer 
in the renewable market, the Company has always 
had a clearly articulated environmental focus. Less 
well  articulated  has  been  the  Company’s  ongoing 
focus  on  social  and  governance  issues.  I  hope 
this  report  better  highlights  these  considerations 
and the Board’s commitment to these areas going 
forward. 

To  date,  environmental  considerations  have 
taken  centre  stage  in  ESG.  Though  emphasis  had 
started  to  shift  towards  the  ‘S’  and  ‘G’,  social 
considerations were rapidly elevated as a result of 
the pandemic. Further to just monitoring financial 
health,  companies  were  analysed  on  how  they 
treated  their  staff,  addressed  inequalities  and 
supported  their  local  communities.  It  was  not 
enough  to  be  a  viable  business  –  it  had  to  be  a 
responsible one, too. 

Despite  implications  of  the  pandemic,  focus  on 
the  climate  crisis  has  not  diminished,  in  fact,  it 
has  intensified.  The  UK  Government  have  clearly 
expressed the role renewable infrastructure must 
play  in  achieving  the  UK’s  2050  net  zero  target. 
This  presents  an  opportunity  for  the  renewable 
sector  to  lead  by  example,  demonstrating  how 
industries  can  grow  rapidly  whilst  upholding  a 
responsible and ethical approach to investment. 

ESG  is  evolving  quickly.  Pressure  on  companies 
to  evidence  their  ESG  commitment  is  mounting, 
with  Shareholders  placing  increasing  emphasis 
on  the  social  and  environmental  impact  of  their 
investments.  Emerging  regulation  will  make  it 
easier to identify sustainable investments, cutting 
through  ‘greenwashing’  by  mandating  companies 

to  prove  their  sustainable  credentials  through 
a  series  of  disclosures.  Such  will  also  provide 
much  needed  progress  towards  standardised 
sustainability reporting. 

The  Company  believes  in  taking  an  informed, 
evidence-based  approach  to  the  management 
of  ESG.  The  Company  elected  to  undertake  a 
materiality assessment in order to identify material 
ESG  opportunities  and  risks,  which  will  inform 
its  ESG  strategy.  The  results  of  the  assessment 
are  presented  within  this  report  and  will  provide 
transparency to Shareholders on how the Company 
has determined its ESG priorities. 

Given the importance of transparency, the Board is 
conscious of the recent allegations relating to forced 
labour within the polysilicon supply chain. We want 
to  assure  Shareholders  that  the  Company  adopts 
a  zero-tolerance  approach  to  any  form  of  modern 
slavery  and  human  trafficking  within  its  supply 
chains, or indeed any type of human rights breach. 
The actions taken by the Company in relation to this 
matter are detailed later in this report. 

The  following  constitutes  a  detailed  summary 
of  the  ESG  activities  and  progress  made  by  the 
Company,  and  its  key  service  providers,  over  the 
last  twelve  months.  ESG  presents  an  opportunity 
for  companies  to  take  responsibility  for  their 
impact  and  take  positive  action  towards  building 
a  sustainable  future.  The  Company  will  continue 
to  engage  with  its  Shareholders  as  part  of  its 
dedication  to  creating  an  ESG  approach  which 
will maximise the benefit to both society and the 
environment over the long term.

John Rennocks,
Chairman

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS45ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTS

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Introduction from the Investment Adviser 

3. Annual ESG Highlights 

We are extremely proud of the way the Bluefield Group has 
worked  together  to  overcome  the  difficult  circumstances 
imposed  by  the  pandemic  over  the  last  year.  There  is  a 
renewed  sense  of  optimism  as  normality  starts  to  edge 
closer,  with  the  collective  understanding  that  the  ‘new 
normal’ has to be better than the old one.  

Social considerations have come to the forefront; however, 
this  does  not  mean  that  environmental  goals  have  been 
pushed  aside.  Instead, 
increased  synergy  between 
environmental  and  social  considerations,  led  by  good 
governance, has made them both integral to the long-term 
success of any investment fund. 

Since  Bluefield’s  first  detailed  ESG  report  last  year,  the 
ESG  activities  of  the  Group  have  progressed  significantly. 
To  support  the  Company  as  it  builds  out  new  capacity, 
internal  systems  have  been  enhanced  to 
incorporate 
additional  ESG  considerations.  Social  considerations  have 
remained  a  priority,  with  particular  attention  given  to 
employee  wellbeing  and  diversity  &  inclusion.  In  addition 
to the Group’s usual compliance activities, there is ongoing 
assessment  in  connection  with  the  Sustainable  Finance 
Disclosure Regulation (SFDR) and EU Taxonomy Regulation.  

Our  ESG  plans  for  the  next  12  months  are  just  as 
exciting.  Focus  will  continue  to  be  given  to  integrating 
ESG  considerations  across  the  asset  lifecycle,  from  pre-
investment  to  operational  management.  The  Group  will 
formalise  its  ESG  approach,  detailed  within  an  ESG  policy 
which will be made publicly available for the Company and 
the Bluefield Group.

Though  there  is  much  more  to  do,  we  will  continue  to 
approach  ESG  with  integrity  and  transparency,  working 
with  the  Company  as  we  continue  on  a  path  of  constant 
evaluation and improvement. 

James Armstrong,
Managing Partner of Bluefield Partners LLP

Relating to the period 1 July 2020 – 30 June 2021: 

Over 545,000,000 kWh of 
renewable energy generated 

Over 127,000 tonnes of 
CO2e savings achieved

(2020: over 
495,000,000 kWh) 

(2020: over 126,500 
tonnes of CO2e)

 Over 187,000 
houses powered with 
renewable energy 

Over £151,000 paid 
to community benefit 
schemes 

(2020: over 170,000) 

(2020: over £87,000) 

4. Responsible Investment 

ESG Management 
ESG is considered by the Board as part of Board meetings and 
investment  decisions.  As  an  externally  managed  investment 
company,  the  Board  has  limitations  on  the  influence  it  can 
exert  on  how  its  service  providers  can  run  their  business. 
However,  ESG  activity  is  actively  monitored  through  regular 
communication  with  the  Investment  Adviser,  including  as 
part of investment committee papers, Board meetings, ad hoc 
calls and written updates.

Day-to-day  management  of  ESG  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
Investment  Adviser  and  other  Bluefield  companies  which 
service the portfolio. The Partners of the Investment Adviser 
and  CEO  of  Bluefield  Services  and  Operations  oversee  the 
implementation of ESG across the Bluefield Group. The Group 
ESG  Manager  works  closely  with  the  Bluefield  investment, 
legal, portfolio, asset management and operational teams to 
integrate  ESG  considerations  across  all  phases  of  the  asset 
lifecycle.  ESG  progress  is  regularly  reported  to  the  Bluefield 
Partners,  CEO  and  Group  General  Counsel.  This  year,  an 
external  ESG  consultant  was  engaged  to  provide  additional 
support and expertise. 

Company’s Approach to Responsible Investment 
As  defined  by  the  United  Nations-supported  Principles  of 
Responsible Investment (PRI), responsible investment refers 
to  the  integration  of  environmental,  social  and  governance 
investment  decisions  and  active 
considerations 
ownership1.  The  Company  recognises  that  management  of 
material ESG issues, both risks and opportunities, is essential 
to  the  achievement  of  long-term,  sustainable  returns.  The 
Company  also  places  high  importance  on  maximising  its 
positive  impact  and  reducing  its  negative  impact,  aiding  the 
transition to a more sustainable economy. 

into 

As  an  investment  company  with  a  long-term  focus,  the 
Company 
integrate  ESG 
considerations and evaluate environmental and social impact 
over time.

is  well  positioned  to  formally 

1 https://www.unpri.org/an-introduction-to-responsible-

investment/what-is-responsible-investment/4780.article

46in 

invests 

Integration of ESG 
into the Investment Process 
The  Company 
renewable  energy 
assets,  primarily  utility  scale  solar  PV  but  also 
potentially  wind,  hydro  and  storage  technologies. 
On  behalf  of 
the  Investment 
the  Company, 
Adviser  undertakes  detailed  due  diligence  on 
each  investment  opportunity  to  identify  risks  and 
opportunities, including those relating to ESG. A final 
recommendation  for  investment  is  then  presented 
to the Board of the Company.

The  following  diagram  details  how  sustainability 
risks  are  currently  integrated  into  the  Company’s 
investment  process.  Consideration  of  sustainability 
factors within the investment process will continue 
to be enhanced over the coming year.

Case Study 
The Bluefield 
Group’s approach 
to Responsible 
Investment 

The Bluefield Group has continued 
to enhance its approach to 
responsible investment over the 
last twelve months. ESG factors 
have been integrated more deeply 
into investment and due diligence 
processes and a set of minimum ESG 
requirements have been created for 
EPC contractors. An ESG policy for 
the Group will be finalised in coming 
months.  

Checks 
made against 
the Company’s 
investment policy 
and restrictions

Integration 
of processes for 
ensuring compliance 
with social and 
governace safeguards 
is in progess

Best practice will be 
followed in the recycling 
of assets in line with 
industry standards at the 
time of decommissioning, 
recognising their long-life 
span

Active 
management 
of sustainability 
issues, including 
implementation 
of social and 
environmental 
initiatives

Reporting on 
greenhouse gas 
emission savings and 
other ESG key metrics 
to stakeholders

Negative
Screening

End of
Investment 
Life

Managing
& Reporting

INVESTMENT
PROCESS

Investment
Approval

Vetting &
Monitoring

Company 
invests solely in 
renewable energy 
assets and energy 
storage, primarily 
long-life UK solar 
infrastructure

Assessment of 
key sustainability 
risks and opportunities, 
for example in relation 
to health and safety, 
community benefits and 
environmental checks

Investment
Screening

Due 
Diligence

Dedicated ESG 
section within the 
investment committee 
papers submitted 
to the board for 
approval

Undertaking 
legal checks 
on third party 
providers

In 2021 a 
comprehensive 
ESG due diligence 
process was created 
in association with 
engineering, procurement 
and construction (EPC) 
site contractors

The Investment Adviser is also signatory to the UN PRI, a set of voluntary investment principles which promote the integration of ESG considerations into 
investment  practice.  In  line  with  its  responsibilities  as  a  signatory,  the  Investment  Adviser  submitted  its  first  full  PRI  report  and  will  continue  to  make 
progress in implementing the investment principles. 

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS475. Materiality Assessment 

Purpose 
An  effective  ESG  strategy  for  the  Company  will  be 
focused  on  ESG  topics  which  are  deemed  highly 
material.  To  achieve  this,  the  Company  engaged 
an  external  consultant  to  undertake  a  materiality 
assessment;  an  evidence-based  approach 
to 
the 
identification  of  material  ESG  risks  and 
opportunities. The Company hopes this assessment 
will provide transparency to Shareholders and other 
stakeholders  on  its  approach  to  the  identification, 
and  subsequent  management,  of  material  ESG 
factors relating specifically to BSIF.

Methodology 
The  materiality  assessment  was  conducted  using 
best  practice  methodology,  aligning  to  Global 
Reporting  Initiative  (1.3  in  GRI  101)  standards. 
An  initial  desktop  review  identified  a  large  list  of 
potentially  material  ESG  topics,  derived  from  the 
investor  space,  global  ESG  frameworks  and  peer 
activity. 

Results

r
e
h
g
H

i

S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
K
A
T
S
O
T
E
C
N
A
T
R
O
P
M
I

r
e
w
o
L

Ethics and compliance

Reducing carbon emissions

Very High
Need Active Management

Employee
engagement and
satisfaction

Resource use

Training and development

Responsible investment

Natural environment

Occupational
health and safety

Responsible procurement

Human Rights

Diversity and inclusion

Data security abd
customer privacy

Responsible
selling and
marketing

Moderate
Tracking

Economic growth

Customer satisfaction

Community engagement

High
Actively Monitoring

through 

To determine which ESG topics were most material, 
feedback  from  internal  and  external  stakeholders 
interviews  and  online 
was  obtained 
importance 
surveys.  The  Board  recognises  the 
of  stakeholder  engagement 
identifying  ESG 
risks  and  opportunities,  therefore  a  wide  range  of 
stakeholders  were  consulted,  including  investors, 
PPA suppliers, EPC contractors, landowners, sheep 
grazers, audit partners, law firms and H&S advisers. 
In total, 18 in-depth interviews were conducted and 
56 surveys completed.  

in 

A  Business 
(BIA)  was 
Impact  Assessment 
completed  to  assess  the  likelihood  and  impact  of 
key  ESG  risks  and  opportunities  for  the  Company. 
The resulting risk impact scoring was combined with 
qualitative  analysis  from  stakeholder  feedback  to 
map  materiality  topics  onto  a  matrix,  based  on  an 
aggregated  score.  With  deep  stakeholder  insight 
and a clear understanding of risks and opportunities 
facing  the  core  business,  priority  ESG  topics  were 
identified. 

Lower

BUSINESS IMPACT

Higher

In  total,  16  material  topics  were 
identified. 
The  materiality  matrix  above  plots  each  topic 
according to its BIA significance rating (x axis) and 
its  importance  to  stakeholders  (y  axis).  Based  on 
the  final,  aggregated  score,  the  16  topics  were 
sub-divided  into  three  categories  of  importance: 
‘very  high  –  requiring  active  management’,  ‘high 
–  requiring  active  monitoring’  and  ‘moderate  – 
requiring tracking’, as highlighted below.

It  is  important  to  note  that  all  identified  topics  are 
material,  therefore  require  consideration  from  the 
Company.  The  materiality  assessment  is  used  to 
highlight, at a given point in time, which ESG topics 
represent  the  biggest  risk  to  the  Company  if  not 
managed correctly, and also the topics which are of 
highest  importance  to  stakeholders.  Priority  topics 
are in line with expectations, with the Company and 
its service providers aware and managing these risks 
as part of their operations. 

Material ESG Topics

Priority topics, requiring active 
management 

Topics which require active 
monitoring 

Topics which require tracking 

- Human Rights
- Occupational H&S
- Responsible Investment
- Natural Environment
- Responsible Procurement 
- Ethics and Compliance 

- Reducing Carbon Emissions 
- Resource Use 
- Diversity and Inclusion 
- Data Security & Customer 

Privacy

- Customer Satisfaction  

- Community Engagement  
- Employee Engagement  
  & Satisfaction
- Training & Development
- Responsible Selling & Marketing
- Economic Growth

Given  the  structure  of  an  investment  trust,  which 
has  no  employees  and  relies  entirely  on  external 
advisers  for  its  activities,  the  Company  cannot 
identified  matters. 
independently  address  all 
Instead,  in  areas  where  it  does  not  have  direct 
control,  the  Company  works  with 
its  service 
providers  to  ensure  an  appropriate  approach  is 
taken. Where these service providers relate to the 
Bluefield  Group,  the  Company  will  work  with  the 
Investment Adviser to develop an appropriate ESG 
strategy  to  address  material  topics.  For  service 
providers outside of the Bluefield Group, additional 
diligence  and  engagement  will  be  undertaken  to 
ensure  risks  and  opportunities  are  managed  to  a 
satisfactory level. 

The  identification  of  socially  focused  ESG  topics, 
such  as  ‘Employee  Engagement  &  Satisfaction’, 
may seem surprising given that the Company has no 
direct  employees.  However,  it  is  in  the  Company’s 
interest  to  ensure  social  aspects  are  appropriately 
considered,  as  the  performance  of 
its  service 
providers can have a direct impact on the Company 
itself. 

inform 

Next Steps 
the 
The  materiality  assessment  will 
Company’s  ESG  strategy,  which  will  be  developed 
over the coming year and will include ESG targets 
and  KPIs.  The  outputs  of  the  assessment  will 
also  inform  due  diligence  processes,  ensuring  a 
consistent  approach  to  ESG  management  across 
the Bluefield Group. 

that  materiality 

The  Company  recognises 
is 
transient,  meaning  the  importance  of  different 
ESG topics will change over time. As a result, steps 
will  be  taken  to  ensure  the  assessment  of  key 
ESG  risks  and  opportunities  remains  up  to  date, 
capturing  new  material  topics  and  ensuring  that 
the Company’s ESG strategy remains informed and 
effective.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS48 
 
 
 
 
6. Sustainable Development Goals2 

The Company intends to embed the Sustainable Development Goals3 
(SDGs)  within  its  ESG  strategy,  following  best  practice  guidelines. 
Whilst  full  alignment  will  be  completed  over  coming  months,  the 
Company positively contributes to the following the SDGs:

SDG

Description 

Company’s Contribution 

“Ensure access to 
affordable, reliable, 
sustainable and modern 
energy for all”

and 

infrastructure 

The  Company  solely  invests  in  renewable 
associated 
energy 
technologies, 
storage.  The 
such  as 
Company’s  portfolio  continues  to  grow 
in  size  and  as  of  30  June  2021  has  over 
610MWp installed capacity. In addition, new 
capacity  is  under  development,  which  will 
further increase the proportion of renewable 
energy supplying the UK electricity grid.

“Take urgent action to 
combat climate change 
and its impacts”

During the last year, the Company generated 
over 545,000,000 kWh of renewable energy, 
saving  the  equivalent  of  over  127,000 
tonnes  of  CO2e  from  being  released  into 
the  atmosphere.  Through  displacement  of 
fossil  fuel  generated  energy,  the  Company 
is contributing to a more sustainable future 
and the UK’s 2050 net zero target.

“Protect, restore and 
promote sustainable 
use of terrestrial 
ecosystems, sustainably 
manage forests, combat 
desertification, and 
halt and reverse land 
degradation and halt 
biodiversity loss”

Biodiversity  enhancement  measures  are 
in  place  across  the  portfolio  and  measures 
beyond  those  required  by  planning  have 
also  been  implemented.  Adherence  to  site 
Landscape  and  Ecological  Management 
Plans  (LEMPs)  ensures  that  renewable 
assets  have  no  net  negative  impact  on 
the  environment,  and  in  some  cases  can 
enhance the biodiversity present. 

7. Environmental 

Generation of Renewable Energy 
The Company plays an important role in the decarbonisation of the energy sector 
in the UK. To achieve the UK’s target of net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 
2050, the Government has outlined its ambitious plans for green technologies 
within its Ten Point Plan and Energy White Paper. Given its widened investment 
mandate, the Company is well positioned to support renewable energy growth 
targets and assist the transition to a sustainable future. 

Since 2013, the Company has saved over 936,000 tonnes of CO2e4 from being 
released into the atmosphere, as highlighted in the table below. CO2e savings 
have been calculated for each financial year using generation data aligned with 
the appropriate Government CO2e conversion factor5. 

Reporting Year 
(01 July – 30 June)

Total CO2e Savings
(tonnes)

No of Houses Powered 

13/14

14/15

15/16

16/17

17/18

18/19

19/20

20/21

12,604

67,878

142,845

168,769

154,917

135,932

126,534

127,063

8,841

42,917

99,697

132,124

142,147

154,906

170,705

187,933

Though  CO2e  savings  have  been  a  useful  metric  to  demonstrate  the  positive 
environmental  impact  of  renewable  technology,  the  table  highlights  that  CO2e 
savings  for  the  portfolio  have  largely  declined  since  2017,  despite  installed 
capacity increasing. This is caused by the reducing contribution of fossil fuels to 
the UK’s electricity mix (and within that mix coal has largely been replaced by gas, 
which produces significantly less CO2 than other fossil fuels). As renewable energy 
generation increases, the proportion of the grid supplied by fossil fuels will continue 
to  decrease.  This  means  CO2e  savings,  derived  from  the  displacement  of  fossil 
fuel generated energy, will also decline over time. As a result, the positive impact 
of  renewable  technology  may  be  better  indicated  by  the  absolute  generation  of 
energy produced each year or the equivalent number of houses powered.

2 Disclaimer: The content of this publication has not been approved by the United Nations and does not reflect the 

4 CO2e savings have been calculated this year (as opposed to CO2 savings) to capture 

views of the United Nations or its officials or Member States

3 https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-goals/  

both carbon dioxide and additional greenhouse gas savings.  

5 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/greenhouse-gas-reporting conversion-

factors-2020

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS49 
During the financial year ending 30 June 2021, the Company 
achieved over 127,000 tonnes of CO2e savings and generated 
over  545,000,000  kWh  of  renewable  power.  Based  on 
Ofgem’s  Typical  Domestic  Consumption  Values6  ,  a  medium 
household uses 2900 kWh electricity per year. As a result, the 
portfolio  powered  the  equivalent  of  nearly  188,000  homes, 
corresponding to a city similar in population size to Bristol. 

Carbon Footprint
To  date,  the  Company  has  primarily  invested  in  secondary 
assets, meaning the PV sites were operational when acquired. 
Once  operational,  a  renewable  asset  will  generate  more 
energy  than  it  will  consume,  making  its  carbon  impact  net 
positive. 

However,  the  Company  is  aware  of  the  footprint  associated 
with  the  construction  of  new  assets  and  that  this  must  be 
reduced in line with the UK’s net zero targets. As the Company 
builds  out  new  capacity,  the  Investment  Adviser  is  working 
with  EPC  contractors  to  understand  how  energy  and  water 
consumption  can  be  reduced  during  construction.  Where 
possible, EPC contractors will be asked to track usage in these 
areas. 

Understanding  the  Company’s  footprint  will  be  an  area  of 
focus over the coming year and the Board has committed to 
undertaking  more  meetings  via  online  platforms,  reducing 
travel taken on behalf of the Company. 

The  Investment  Adviser  and  Bluefield  subsidiaries  have 
been  carbon  neutral  since  2018,  reducing  their  carbon 
footprint  where  possible  and  offsetting  the  remainder. 
Annual  calculation  of  the  footprint  considers  factors  such 
as  electricity  consumption,  gas  usage  and  travel.  Bluefield 
Operations  Limited,  who  provide  O&M  services  to  the 
Company,  is  continuing  to  investigate  how  electric  vehicles 
can be incorporated effectively into its fleet. 

6 https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications/decision-typical-

domestic-consumption-values-2020

Land Management
The  Investment  Adviser  oversees  biodiversity  and  land 
management  across  the  portfolio,  working  closely  with  the 
asset  management  and  O&M  teams  from  Bluefield  Services 
Limited  and  Bluefield  Operations  Limited,  respectively.  If 
managed correctly, a solar farm can return intensively farmed 
land  back  into  natural  meadow,  increasing  diversity  and 
returning nutrients to the soil. 

Bluefield Operations Limited is responsible for ensuring each 
asset remains fully compliant with its Landscape and Ecological 
Management Plan (LEMP). The LEMP is often created during the 
planning phase of a new project, to ensure the asset has no net 
negative  impact  on  the  surrounding  environment.  The  LEMP 
specifies enhancement measures which must be implemented 
to support (and potentially increase) the biodiversity present, 
including  wildflower  seeding,  bat  and  bird  box  installation, 
mammal gates and hibernacula.

Land  management  activities  are  scheduled  to  minimise 
impact  on  surrounding  fauna  and  flora.  Grass  cuts  avoid 
ground  bird  nesting  season  and  sections  of  a  site  may  be 
left  uncut  to  provide  refuge  and  boost  biodiversity.  Where  it 
cannot be avoided, pesticide use is kept to a minimum. Many 
of  the  sites  also  support  sheep  grazing,  helping  manage 
grassland whilst supporting farming activities.

The  environmental  conditions  of  each  asset  are  closely 
monitored  by  Bluefield  Operations  Limited,  who  work 
alongside  specialist  environmental  advisers  to  implement 
remedial  works  as  necessary.  The  O&M  team  update  the 
asset  management  team  at  Bluefield  Services  Limited,  who 
independently  assess  site  compliance  with  environmental 
standards as part of their regular site visits.

Enhancing Biodiversity 
The  Company  is  taking  an  informed  approach  to  enhancing 
biodiversity  across  the  portfolio.  Partnering  with  Wychwood 
Environmental,  an  independent  consultant,  the  Company 
will  deliver  a  biodiversity  strategy  which  will  consider  both 
the existing portfolio and new build assets. The Company will 
communicate this strategy via a biodiversity policy, which will 
detail biodiversity objectives and how these will be achieved. 
The Company looks forward to updating its Shareholders on 
its progress in this area in due course.

Case Study – 
Beehives

The  rapid  decline  of  pollinators  in  the  UK 
is  well  recognised,  with  threats  including 
habitat  loss,  food  shortages,  disease  and 
chemical use.  https://www.britishbeecoalition.
org/decline-threats

In  addition  to  seeding  wildflower,  an  important  food  source  for 
pollinators,  the  Company  has  increased  the  number  of  beehives 
across the portfolio.

Over the last year an additional 11 hives have been installed, bringing 
the  total  hives  in  the  portfolio  to  14.  As  well  as  supporting  local 
bee  farmers,  it  is  hoped  the  pollinators  will  enhance  surrounding 
ecosystems. 

Case study - 
University 
Research

The  Bluefield  Group  collaborated  with 
the  University  of  East  Anglia  to  conduct 
student  studies  across  the  portfolio  over 
the summer. 

Focusing on biodiversity, the students analysed within- and between-
site variability and the effects of different land management practices. 

Results are expected later this year, but camera trap findings include 
the identification of an otter on one of the sites. 

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS50ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTS

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8. Social 

relationships  with 

Supporting Local Communities
local 
its 
The  Company  views 
communities  as  highly 
important.  Renewable  assets 
create  both  positive  and  negative  impacts,  particularly  for 
the communities surrounding them. The Company aims to 
mitigate  any  perceived  negative  impacts  and  provide  local 
benefits beyond the generation of renewable energy. 

Social impacts are most likely to arise during the construction 
of a new asset, therefore community engagement is a key 
consideration  in  the  build  out  of  new  capacity.  As  part 
of  due  diligence,  the  Investment  Adviser  assesses  how 
EPC  contractors  obtain  and  consider  local  stakeholder 
feedback.  EPC  contractors  are  also  strongly  encouraged 
to  source  local  resources  and  labour  where  possible,  to 
support the local economy. 

The  Bluefield  Group  ensures  that  relationships  with  the 
local  community  remain  strong  over  the  lifespan  of  an 
asset,  particularly  with  landowners.  The  Company  also 
supports community benefit schemes across the portfolio, 
which are often agreed during the planning phase of new 
projects.  This  year  the  Company  paid  over  £151,000  to 
community  schemes,  which  will  be  used  by  councils  to 
fund local projects. 

RAINBOW OVER LOWER MARSH

Accreditations 
Recognising its positive environmental impact, the Company has 
received a number of accreditations: 

LSE Green Economy Mark: The 
Green Economy 
Mark  is  awarded  to  funds  that 
achieve  50%  or  more  of  their 
total  annual 
from 
green activities7.

revenues 

Guernsey  Green  Fund:  Eligible 
funds  must  demonstrate  that 
they comply with at least one of 
the issued green criteria8.

TISE  Sustainable:  The  TISE 
Sustainable market segment has 
been  developed  to  enable  the 
flow  of  capital  into  investments 
which  promote  environmental, 
social or sustainable activities9.

The  Company  was  also  a  finalist  at  the  ‘Investment  Company 
of  the  Year  awards’  2020,  as  part  of  the  Environmental  and 
Renewables category.

7 https://www.londonstockexchange.com/raise-finance/equity/

green-economy-mark/green-economy-mark-issuers-2021?lang=en
8 https://www.gfsc.gg/industry-sectors/investment/guernsey-green-

fund

9 https://www.tisegroup.com/market/segments/sustainable

CLUBHOUSE AT WEASENHAM

Case Study – 

Weasenham
Parish Council

The Company makes annual 
community  benefit  pay-
ments  to  the  Weasenham 
Parish  Council.  Payments 
are used to benefit the local 
included 
village  and  have 
the  purchase  of  new  litter  bins,  the  planting  of  a 
hedge  of  diversified  small  trees  and  the  placement 
of benches, to allow residents to sit and enjoy local 
beauty spots. 

More  recently,  the  Weasenham  Parish  Council 
have  used  the  community  benefit  payments  to 
help  fund  a  larger  project  -  the  replacement  of  a 
derelict  building  on  the  recreation  ground,  with 
the  aim  of  restoring  community  spirit  as  well 
as  supporting  a  new  football  team.  The  project 
received  overwhelming  support  from  the  village, 
both  through  donation  of  local  materials  and  time 
dedicated by local tradesmen and other residents. 
Planning  permission  was  successfully  obtained 
to  build  a  replacement  eco-friendly  building,  in 
keeping with the style of the village, which is due to 
be completed imminently. 

Anna Coke, Chair of Weasenham Parish Council, said 

“The  whole  project  has  been  a  huge 
success. The building will provide a social 
hub  for  the  village  and  allow  activities 
such as line dancing, children’s clubs and 
social evenings, as well as being the centre 
of activity for our up-and-coming football 
club!  It  just  shows  what  can  be  achieved 
with an annual benefit payment combined 
with  a  strong  sense  of  community  and  a 
determined Parish Council.”

51 
 
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTS

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Diversity and Inclusion 
The Company recognises the value of diversity and is looking to make progress in this area 
in line with recommendations from the Hampton-Alexander review. Whilst the Company 
has  no  direct  employees,  it  is  important  to  the  Board  that  the  Investment  Adviser  and 
other Bluefield companies maintain an inclusive working environment. 

The Bluefield Group is committed to ensuring equal opportunities for all team members, 
regardless  of  their  background  or  individual  characteristics.  To  achieve  this,  the 
Bluefield Group has sought feedback about the feeling of belonging in the organisation, 
has issued an employee engagement survey and has provided training on topics such 
as  unconscious  bias  and  management  practices.  Discussions  with  universities  are  in 
progress to identify opportunities to engage on diversity and inclusion issues, such as 
through mentoring and seminars, and support students wanting to enter less diverse 
sectors. 

Employee Wellbeing & Culture 
Employee  wellbeing  is  a  major  consideration  for  the  Bluefield  Group.  A  number  of 
wellbeing initiatives have been developed, including nature workshops and incentives 
to  encourage  employees  to  spend  time  outdoors  and  enjoy  exercise.  The  Group 
continues  to  mark  dates  like  stress  awareness  month  and  mental  health  awareness 
week  through  internal  initiatives  and  comms  campaigns.  Open  and  honest  dialogue 
with reporting lines is facilitated through performance management practices. 

Through its employee training budget, access to e-learning and Leadership programmes, 
the  Bluefield  Group  promotes  a  learning  environment.  Employees  have  participated 
in learning pertaining to business skills, well-being, compliance and leadership skills, 
with over 50 colleagues participating in a 360 feedback and insights programme and 
over 350 hours of e-learning taken place this year. 

“Results  of  the  20-21  Employee  Engagement  Survey  revealed  that  over 
80% of respondents feel like their wellbeing is considered at Bluefield and 
would recommend working at Bluefield to friends and family”

Corporate Responsibility 
The  Bluefield  Group  has  continued  to  support  FareShare  South  West  and  The  Felix 
Project,  charities  focused  on  alleviating  food  poverty  through  the  redistribution  of 
surplus  food.  Both  charities  acted  as  a  safety  net  for  local  communities  throughout 
the pandemic and saw at least a three-fold increase in demand. During the last year, 
donations made by the Bluefield Group resulted in the rescue and redistribution of over 
89,000 meals to those in need. 

Looking  forward,  the  Bluefield  Group  is  pleased  to  announce  that  it  is  launching  a 
charitable Foundation to maximise its CSR activity, with a full update to be provided 
in due course. 

9. Health & Safety 

10. Corporate Governance 

Health  &  Safety  is  of  the  highest  importance  to  the 
Company  and  its  service  providers.  The  Company 
demands that respect for Health & Safety matters is 
demonstrated across all portfolio activities, regardless 
of their size. The Board is conscious of the risk posed 
by Health & Safety and rigorously monitors the Health 
& Safety approach of its key service providers. 

Every  asset  owning  SPV  holds  Health  &  Safety 
policies,  standards  and  process  requirements,  to 
which  all  contractors  must  observe  and  comply. 
Approved  contractors  (including  those  companies 
within  the  Bluefield  Group)  undergo  annual  Health 
&  Safety  audits  by  the  SPVs,  to  ensure  internal 
compliance.  Each  SPV  reviews  its  Health  &  Safety 
records and policies annually, to ensure compliance 
with  the  latest  Health  &  Safety  guidance  and 
industry  best-practise.  The  Company  receives 
routine updates on Health & Safety matters. 

The on-site activities of Bluefield Operations Limited 
and other retained O&M service providers pose the 
highest  risk  and  are  therefore  a  key  area  of  focus. 
The  contracting  SPV’s  Health  &  Safety  policies, 
standards  and  processes  are  complemented  by 
additional  working  practises,  with  the  advice  of 
specialist consultants. Every task, whether corrective 
maintenance or simply a site visit, is proceeded by 
Health  &  Safety  analysis,  with  Risk  Assessments 
and  Method  Statements  a  pre-requisite  for  all 
onsite activity. During the reporting year, there was 
one major incident to declare, which resulted in no 
injuries to personnel. 

Site  Health  &  Safety  audits  are  conducted  by 
Bluefield Services Limited and Bluefield Operations 
Limited,  using  independent  consultants,  to  ensure 
that  sites  remain  compliant  with  Health  &  Safety 
regulations and provide a safe working environment 
for  staff,  subcontractors  and  approved  visitors. 
Regular  internal  safety  audits  are  also  conducted 
as part of preventative maintenance activities. Staff 
competence in Health & Safety matters is assessed 
through eLearning courses, Health & Safety training, 
competence certification, independent assessment 
with Authorising Engineers and other activities. 

Approach to Corporate Governance 
The  reputation  and  success  of  the  Company  could 
not  have  been  achieved  without  its  foundation  of 
sound  corporate  governance.  It  is  the  framework 
from  which  the  Company  undertakes  decision 
making,  reporting,  management,  risk  analysis 
and  compliance.  Further  detail  on  the  Company’s 
approach  to  corporate  governance,  including  its 
adherence to the AIC code, can be found within the 
separate Corporate Governance report. 

As  key  service  providers,  the  Investment  Adviser 
and  other  Bluefield  companies  also  demonstrate 
strict  governance  and  controls,  with  the  Board 
regularly  updated  on  significant  matters  related 
to  the  Bluefield  Group.  The  Investment  Adviser 
uses  third  party  compliance  advisers  to  ensure  its 
regulatory  obligations  are  met  through  quarterly 
audits  and  reports  on  business  activities.  The  asset 
management team at Bluefield Services Limited use 
internal procedures alongside an asset management 
platform  to  ensure  compliance  with  the  specific 
conditions  associated  with  each  asset,  throughout 
the asset’s lifetime. 

ESG Legislation 
The  Sustainable  Finance  Disclosure  Regulation 
(SFDR)  came  into  effect  in  2021  and  requires 
companies  to  make  sustainability  disclosures  at 
both the level of the firm and financial products. The 
EU  Taxonomy  Regulation  adds  an  additional  set  of 
disclosure requirements, which establish whether an 
economic  activity  is  environmentally  sustainable10. 
The  Company  continues  to  assess  its  alignment 
against these frameworks, with disclosures available 
on the Company’s website. In addition, the Company 
will  look  to  align  with  the  recommendations  of  the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) over the coming year. 

10 https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy-euro/

banking-and-finance/sustainable-finance/eu-
taxonomy-sustainable-activities_en

52 
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORTS

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Case Study – 
Engagement

Investment 
The 
Adviser 
regularly 
discusses  ESG  as 
part of conferences 
and webinars, most 
recently  as  part  of  an  ESG  seminar  series 
hosted by Numis, focused on topics such as 
net zero and supply chain management. 

In addition, a number of Bluefield employees 
are members of trade body working groups, 
including  Solar  Energy  UK’s  Natural  Capital 
and  Supply  Chain  task  groups.  Solar  Energy 
UK 
is  an  “established  trade  association 
working for and representing the entire solar 
and  energy  storage  value  chain”,  serving 
over  230  businesses  and  associates11. 
Participation 
in  working  groups  allows 
Bluefield  to  contribute  to  the  improvement 
of  industry  standards  and  remain  at  the 
forefront  of  industry  developments.  Luke 
Roberts, Portfolio Director of the Investment 
Adviser, joined the board of Solar Energy UK 
in  2020  and  became  the  Chair  of  the  Utility 
Scale Commercial working group in 2021. 

11 https://solarenergyuk.org/about-us/

as  an  FCA  regulated  entity,  also  complies  with 
additional  policies  applicable  to  it.  The  Investment 
Adviser  conducts  due  diligence  in  these  areas  on 
behalf of the Company as part of every acquisition.

Forced Labour Allegations
The  Company  is  aware  of  the  concerns  regarding 
forced  labour  within  the  polysilicon  supply  chain. 
As  reflected  within  its  Modern  Slavery  Statement, 
the Company is committed to ensuring that modern 
slavery  is  not  associated  with  its  supply  chains  or 
any part of its business.

The  Company  has  been  working  closely  with  the 
Investment  Adviser  to  ensure  appropriate  action 
is  taken  regarding  this  matter.  Within  the  Bluefield 
Group,  a  specialist  taskforce  has  been  created 
to  perform  extensive  due  diligence, 
including 
engagement  with  Shareholders,  manufacturers, 
EPC  contractors,  trade  bodies  and  independent 
consultancy  services.  The  Investment  Adviser 
is  a  signatory  to  the  Solar  Energy  UK’s  industry 
supply  chain  statement  and  representatives  of  the 
Investment Adviser are part of the Solar Energy UK 
Supply Chain Task Force.

The  Company  is  conscious  that  the  concerns  of 
forced labour can only be fully investigated and sub-
sequently eradicated through industry collaboration. 
Consequently,  the  Company  has  been  engaging 
with trade bodies to maximise the impact of the UK 
solar industry on this matter. The issue will remain 
a priority and the Company will continue to monitor 
and engage on the subject over coming months. 

Anti-bribery, Money Laundering and Slavery 
Internal policy requires that the Investment Adviser 
and Bluefield companies, and all those who work for 
them  and  with  them,  uphold  principles  embodied 
in the anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and anti-
slavery & trafficking legislation. These requirements 
are  reflected  in  contractual  obligations  and  may 
be  followed  up  with  annual  audit  requirements 
of  contractors.  Policies  are  subject  to  periodical 
reviews  and  renewed  as  appropriate,  with  staff 
trained  on  a  yearly  basis.  The  Investment  Adviser, 

Third Party Due Diligence
ESG due diligence has been enhanced for key third 
party  providers.  By  engaging  on  ESG  topics,  the 
Investment Adviser can evaluate the ESG offering of 
the  contractor  and  ensure  the  ESG  priorities  of  the 
Company are understood prior to engagement. 

its 
The  Bluefield  Group  ensures  that  none  of 
counterparties  has  ever  been  sanctioned  by  a 
regulatory  body.  Searches  and  checks  are  applied 

during  initial  tenders  and  negotiations,  as  well  as 
during  formal  audits.  A  vetting  process  has  been 
developed  to  ensure  subcontractors  are  suitably 
qualified,  carry  appropriate  levels  of  insurance  and 
have  planned  works  in  a  safe  manner.  Training  in 
these matters is undertaken by appropriate staff. 

Cybersecurity 
Cybersecurity  is  a  key  focus  for  the  Company, 
particularly  in  relation  to  the  security  of  the  solar 
assets.  Following  a  previous  security  audit  at  one 
of  the  portfolio’s  largest  sites,  implementation 
of  recommended  security  enhancements  has 
commenced.  A  framework  for  security  is  being 
developed and is expected to be retrofitted across 
existing  sites  and  applied  to  new  sites  as  they  
are built.

During  the  reporting  period  Bluefield  appointed  a 
Group  IT  Manager,  with  responsibility  for  strategy 
and security across all Bluefield companies. Priority 
has been given to evaluating and improving security 
and  resilience,  which  has  been  achieved  through 
a  number  of  measures.  Bluefield  employees  also 
complete  mandatory  cyber  security  training  with 
periodic  refreshment,  with  this  year’s  training 
provided in conjunction with the South West Police 
Regional Cyber Crime Unit. 

GDPR
Ongoing  business  compliance  with  the  GDPR 
Guernsey, GDPR UK and the GDPR EU, as appropriate, 
is  a  priority.  The  Bluefield  Group  has  training  in 
place  for  both  newly  engaged  and  long-standing 
staff  members.  Particular  attention  has  been  paid 
to  the  changes  brought  about  by  Brexit.  Contract 
adjustments  and  the  adoption  of  standard  form 
clauses form part of the ongoing documentation and 
policy updates. Regular consideration of risk impact 
assessments  and  purging  of  data  continues.  The 
result is a workforce highly aware of confidentiality 
full  understanding  around  data 
matters,  with 
treatment and retention.

BIODIVERSITY AT LITTLE BEAR

11. Looking Forward 

The Company is pleased with the ESG progress 
it has made this year. Material ESG topics have 
been  identified  and  will  inform  the  creation 
of  an  ESG  strategy.  At  the  same  time,  the 
Company  has  deepened  its  integration  of  ESG 
considerations into key contractor relationships 
and areas of due diligence, whilst continuing to 
develop longstanding ESG initiatives. 

There  is  evidence  to  show  that  a  strong  ESG 
approach  can  help  companies  outperform 
their  peers  and  achieve  sustainable  returns.  In 
addition, companies have a responsibility to also 
consider  the  environmental  and  social  impacts 
they  create.  In  doing  so,  they  can  minimise 
negative impact and maximise their contribution 
to  sustainable  development,  whether  this  is 
through  climate  action  or  other  environmental 
or social initiatives. 

It  is  for  this  reason  that  the  Company  will 
continue  to  focus  on  its  ESG  offering  and  will 
engage  with  its  stakeholders  to  ensure  ESG 
activities  are  developed  and  communicated 
transparently.  As  a  renewable  energy  fund, 
environmental  considerations  are  intrinsic  to 
the  Company’s  purpose.  However,  ESG  goes 
beyond this, and the Company looks forward to 
enhancing its ESG credentials and continuing to 
promote itself as a successful, yet responsible, 
investment opportunity. 

5353 
Report of the Directors 

The  Directors  hereby  submit  the  annual  report  and  financial 
statements of the Company for the year ended 30 June 2021.

is  a  non-cellular  company 

General Information
The  Company 
limited  by  shares 
incorporated  in  Guernsey  under  the  Law  on  29  May  2013.  The 
Company’s registration number is 56708, and it has been registered 
and is regulated by the GFSC as a registered closed-ended collective 
investment scheme and as a Green Fund after successful application 
under the Guernsey Green Fund Rules to the GFSC on 16 April 2020. 
The  Company’s  Ordinary  Shares  were  admitted  to  the  Premium 
Segment of the Official List and to trading on the Main Market of the 
London  Stock  Exchange  following  its  IPO  which  completed  on  12 
July 2013. 

Principal Activities
The  principal  activity  of  the  Company  is  to  invest  in  a  portfolio  of 
large scale UK based solar and wind energy infrastructure assets. 

The Company’s objective was to target a dividend of 7pps in respect 
of its second financial year ended 30 June 2015, with the intention of 
the dividend rising annually in line with UK RPI thereafter. In 2020, 
this  was  amended  to  a  progressive  dividend  target.  The  dividend 
target for its eighth financial year ended 30 June 2021 was 8.00pps.

Business Review
A review of the Company’s business and its likely future development 
is provided in the Chairman’s Statement on pages 5 to 7, Strategic 
Report on pages 10 to 19 and in the Report of the Investment Adviser 
on pages 20 to 44.

Listing Requirements
The  Company  has  complied  with  the  applicable  Listing  Rules 
throughout the year. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS54Results and Dividends
The results for the year are set out in the financial statements on pages 70 to 84. 

The dividends for the year are set out in the financial statements in Note 14 on 
page 81 to 82.

Share Capital
The Company has one class of Ordinary Shares. The issued nominal value of the 
Ordinary Shares represents 100% of the total issued nominal value of all share 
capital.  Under  the  Company’s  Articles,  on  a  show  of  hands,  each  shareholder 
present in person or by proxy has the right to one vote at general meetings. On a 
poll, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for every share held.

Shareholders are entitled to all dividends paid by the Company and, on a winding 
up, providing the Company has satisfied all of its liabilities, the Shareholders are 
entitled to all of the surplus assets of the Company. The Ordinary Shares have no 
right to fixed income.

Shareholdings of the Directors
The Directors of the Company and their beneficial interests in the shares of the 
Company as at 30 June 2021 are detailed below:

Director

Ordinary 
Shares of £1 
each held 30 
June 2021

% holding at 
30 June 
2021

Ordinary 
Shares of £1 
each held 30 
June 2020

% holding at 
30 June 
2020

John Rennocks*

316,011

0.08

316,011

0.09

John Scott*

512,436

0.13

512,436

0.14

Laurence McNairn

441,764

0.11

441,764

0.12

Meriel Lenfestey

-

-

-

-

Paul Le Page

35,000

0.01

70,000

0.02

*including shares held by PCAs

from 

Directors’ Authority to Buy Back Shares 
The  Board  believes  that  the  most  effective  means 
of minimising any discount to NAV which may arise 
on  the  Company’s  share  price  is  to  deliver  strong, 
consistent  performance 
the  Company’s 
investment  portfolio  in  both  absolute  and  relative 
terms.  However,  the  Board  recognises  that  wider 
market  conditions  and  other  considerations  will 
affect the rating of the Ordinary Shares in the short 
term  and  the  Board  may  seek  to  limit  the  level 
and  volatility  of  any  discount  to  NAV  at  which  the 
Ordinary  Shares  may  trade.  The  means  by  which 
this  might  be  done  could  include  the  Company 
repurchasing its Ordinary Shares. Therefore, subject 
to  the  requirements  of  the  Listing  Rules,  the  Law, 
the  Articles  and  other  applicable  legislation,  the 
Company  may  purchase  Ordinary  Shares  in  the 
market in order to address any imbalance between 
the supply of and demand for Ordinary Shares or to 
enhance the NAV of Ordinary Shares.

In deciding whether to make any such purchases the 
Board will have regard to what it believes to be in the 
best interests of Shareholders and to the applicable 
Guernsey  legal  requirements  which  require  the 
Board  to  be  satisfied  on  reasonable  grounds  that 
the  Company  will,  immediately  after  any  such 
repurchase,  satisfy  a  solvency  test  prescribed  by 
the Law  and any other requirements  in  its  Articles. 
The  making  and  timing  of  any  buybacks  will  be  at 
the absolute discretion of the Board and not at the 
option  of  the  Shareholders.  Any  such  repurchases 
would only be made through the market for cash at 
a discount to NAV.

On  incorporation,  the  Company  passed  a  written 
resolution  granting  the  Board  general  authority  to 
purchase in the market up to 14.99% of the Ordinary 
Shares  in  issue  immediately  following  Admission. 
A  resolution  to  renew  such  authority  was  passed 
by  Shareholders  at  the  AGM  held  on  17  December 
2020.  Therefore,  authority  was  granted  to  the 

Board  to  purchase  in  the  market  up  to  14.99%  of 
the Ordinary Shares in issue immediately following 
the AGM held on 17 December 2020 at a price not 
exceeding  the  higher  of  (i)  5%  above  the  average 
mid-market  values  of  Ordinary  Shares  for  the  five 
Business Days before the purchase is made or (ii) the 
higher of the last independent trade or the highest 
current  independent  bid  for  Ordinary  Shares.  The 
Board intends to seek renewal of this authority from 
the Shareholders at the next AGM scheduled to be 
held on 3 December 2021

Pursuant  to  this  authority,  and  subject  to  the  Law 
and  the  discretion  of  the  Board,  the  Company 
may  purchase  Ordinary  Shares  in  the  market  on 
an  ongoing  basis  with  a  view  to  addressing  any 
imbalance  between  the  supply  of  and  demand  for 
Ordinary Shares.

Ordinary Shares purchased by the Company may be 
cancelled or held as treasury shares. The Company 
may  borrow  and/or  realise  investments  in  order  to 
finance such Ordinary Share purchases. 

The Company did not purchase any Ordinary Shares 
for treasury or cancellation during the period.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
The  Company  maintains  insurance  in  respect  of 
directors’  and  officers’  liability  in  relation  to  their 
acts on behalf of the Company. Insurance is in place, 
having been renewed on 11 July 2021.

Substantial Shareholdings
As at 30 June 2021, the Company had been notified, 
in accordance with chapter 5 of the Disclosure and 
Transparency  Rules,  of  the  following  substantial 
voting  rights  over  3%  as  Shareholders  of  the 
Company.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTORSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS55Shareholder

BlackRock

Shareholding % Holding

79,813,158

19.61

Gravis Capital Management

28,579,162

7.02

Newton Investment Management

28,198,322

6.93

Legal & General Investment Management

24,044,018

5.91

Aberdeen Standard Capital

23,076,377

5.67

CCLA Investment Management

21,208,169

5.21

Hargreaves Lansdown, stockbrokers (EO)

18,454,550

4.53

JM Finn, stockbrokers

13,670,464

3.36

Interactive Investor (EO)

12,357,796

3.04

Brooks Macdonald

12,248,779

3.01

Total Shares in Issue

406,999,622

The  Directors  confirm  that  there  are  no  securities  in  issue  that  carry 
special rights with regards to the control of the Company. The Company 
also  provides  the  same  information  as  at  4  October  2021,  being  the 
most current information available.

Shareholder

BlackRock

Shareholding % Holding

95,550,329

19.26

Newton Investment Management

36,614,494

7.38

Gravis Capital Management

32,243,279

6.50

Aberdeen Standard Capital

26,680,666

5.38

Legal & General Investment Management

25,550,106

5.15

CCLA Investment Management

21,699,461

4.37

Hargreaves Lansdown, stockbrokers (EO)

20,558,984

4.14

Aberdeen Standard Investments

16,603,277

3.35

JM Finn, stockbrokers

14,965,475

3.02

Total Shares in Issue

496,067,602

Independent Auditor
KPMG has been the Company’s external Auditor since the Company’s 
incorporation. A resolution will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM to 
re-appoint  them  as  Auditor  and  authorise  the  Directors  to  determine 
the Auditor’s remuneration for the ensuing year.

The Audit Committee will periodically review the appointment of KPMG 
and the Board recommends their appointment. Further information on 
the work of the Auditor is set out in the Report of the Audit Committee 
on pages 64 to 65.

Articles of Incorporation
The Company’s Articles may be amended only by special resolution of 
the Shareholders.

Going Concern
At  30  June  2021,  the  Company  had  invested  in  106  solar  plants, 
committing £760.2 million to SPV investments. The Company through 
its direct subsidiary, BSIFIL, has access to a RCF which, together with 
the  net  income  generated  by  the  acquired  projects,  are  expected 
to  allow  the  Company  to  meet  its  liquidity  needs  for  the  payment  of 
operational  expenses,  dividends  and  acquisition  of  new  solar  assets. 
The Company, through BSIFIL, expects to comply with the covenants 
of its long term loan and RCF.

The  Board  in  its  consideration  of  going  concern  has  reviewed 
comprehensive  cash  flow  forecasts  prepared  by  the  Investment 
Adviser,  maturity  of  debt  facilities,  future  projects  in  the  pipeline 
including the successful July 2021 capital raise, and the performance 
of  the  current  solar  plants  in  operation  and,  at  the  time  of  approving 
these  financial  statements,  has  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the 
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future and do not consider there to be any threat to 
the going concern status of the Company. 

The  current  worldwide  Coronavirus  outbreak  (Covid-19),  declared  by 
the World Health Organization as a global health emergency in March 
2020,  has  caused  disruption  to  businesses  and  economic  activity. 
The Board and Investment Adviser have been closely monitoring this 
and indeed all other material macro sources of uncertainty related to 
Covid-19 and its potential impact on the Company and its operations.

The Investment Adviser activated its business continuity plan and its 
regular working pattern has changed to remote working, though all staff 

are  continuing  to  assume  their  day-to-day  responsibilities  remotely. 
There has been regular communication with its employees, as well as 
with its investors. In addition, the Investment Adviser is continuing to 
explore potential investment opportunities in this new environment, so 
that the Company can best position the portfolio for the future. 

The  Board  has  concluded  that  it  is  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

Internal controls review
Taking  into  account  the  information  on  Principal  and  Emerging  Risks 
provided on pages 15 to 17 of the strategic report and the ongoing work 
of the Audit Committee in monitoring the risk management and internal 
control systems on behalf of the Board, the Directors

•  are  satisfied  that  they  have  carried  out  a  robust  assessment  of 
the  principal  and  emerging  risks  facing  the  Company,  including 
those that would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity; and

•  have reviewed the effectiveness of the risk management and internal 
control  systems  and  no  significant  failings  or  weaknesses  were 
identified.

Fair, Balanced and Understandable
The  Board  has  considered  whether  the  Annual  Report  taken  as  a 
whole  is  fair,  balanced  and  understandable,  taking  into  account  the 
commentary and tone and whether it includes the requisite information 
needed  for  Shareholders  to  assess  the  Company’s  business  model, 
performance  and  strategy.  In  addition,  the  Board  also  questioned 
the  Investment  Adviser  on  information  included  and  excluded  from 
the Annual Report, and considered whether the narrative at the front 
of  the  report  is  consistent  with  the  financial  statements.  As  a  result 
of  this  work,  each  of  the  Board  members  considers  that  the  Annual 
Report is fair, balanced and understandable and includes the requisite 
information needed for Shareholders to assess the Company’s business 
model, performance and strategy.

Financial Risks Management Policies and Procedures
Financial Risks Management Policies and Procedures are disclosed in 
Note 15.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTORSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS56Principal and Emerging Risks
Principal and Emerging Risks are 
discussed in the Strategic Report 
on pages 15 to 17.

Annual General Meeting
The  AGM  of  the  Company  will 
be  held  on  3  December  2021 
at  Floor  2,  Trafalgar  Court,  Les 
Banques, St Peter Port, Guernsey. 
Details  of  the  resolutions  to  be 
proposed  at  the  AGM,  together 
with  explanations,  will  appear 
in  the  Notice  of  Meeting  to  be 
distributed 
Shareholders 
to 
together with this Annual Report.

Members  of  the  Board  will  be  in 
attendance at the AGM and will be 
available  to  answer  shareholder 
questions.

By order of the Board

Paul Le Page 
Director
4 October 2021

Laurence McNairn
Director
4 October 2021

JOHN RENNOCKS 

JOHN SCOTT 

PAUL LE PAGE 

LAURENCE MCNAIRN

MERIEL LENFESTEY

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Board of Directors

John Rennocks 
(Chairman)
John  Rennocks  was  appointed  as  non-
executive  Chairman  on  12  June  2013  and 
is  Chairman  of  Utilico  Emerging  Markets,  an 
investor  in  infrastructure  and  related  assets  in 
emerging  markets.  He  has  broad  experience  in 
emerging  energy  sources,  support  services  and 
manufacturing. Mr Rennocks previously served as 
a non-executive director of Greenko Group plc, a 
developer and operator of hydro and wind power 
plants in India, non-executive deputy chairman of 
Inmarsat plc, a non-executive director of Foreign 
&  Colonial  Investment  Trust  plc,  Chairman  of 
Diploma  plc,  as  well  as  several  other  public  and 
private  companies,  and  as  Executive  Director-
Finance for Smith & Nephew plc, Powergen plc and 
British Steel plc/Corus Group plc. Mr Rennocks is 
a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
of England and Wales.

John Scott 
(Senior Independent Director)
John  Scott  was  appointed  as  a  non-executive 
director  of  the  Company  on  12  June  2013  and  is 
a  former  investment  banker  who  spent  20  years 
with  Lazard  and  is  currently  a  director  of  several 
investment  trusts.  Mr  Scott  has  been  Chairman 
of  Impax  Environmental  Markets  plc  since  May 
2014  and  Chairman  of  Alpha  Insurance  Analysts 
since April 2013. In May 2017, he was appointed 
Chairman  of  Jupiter  Emerging  and  Frontiers 
Income  Trust.  In  June  2017,  he  retired  as 
Chairman  of  Scottish  Mortgage  Investment  Trust 
PLC. He has an MA in Economics from Cambridge 
University and an MBA from INSEAD. He is also a 
Fellow of the Chartered Insurance Institute. 

Paul Le Page 
(Chairman of the Audit Committee)
Paul  Le  Page  was  appointed  as  a  non-executive 
director  of  the  Company  on  12  June  2013  and  is 
a  former  executive  Director  and  Senior  Portfolio 
Manager of FRM Investment Management Limited, 
a subsidiary of Man Group, and holds non-executive 
directorships  at  a  number  of  London  Stock 
Exchange  listed  investment  funds.  Mr.  Le  Page  is 
Audit Committee Chair of UK Mortgages Limited and 
RTW Venture Fund Limited and was previously Audit 
Committee Chair of Thames River Multi Hedge PCC 
Limited and Cazenove Absolute Equity Limited. Mr. 
Le Page has 17 years’ Audit Committee experience 
within  the  closed  end  investment  fund  sector 
and  has  a  broad-based  knowledge  of  the  global 
investment  industry  and  product  structures.  Mr  Le 
Page graduated from University College London and 
later received an MBA from Heriot Watt University in 
Electrical  and  Electronic  Engineering  and  qualified 
as a Chartered Electrical Engineer whilst leading the 
development  of  robotic  immunoassay  equipment. 
He obtained an MBA from Heriot Watt University in 
1999 which he used to switch from industrial R&D to 
investment research.

Laurence McNairn
Laurence  McNairn  was  appointed  as  a  non-
executive  director  of  the  Company  on  1  July 
2013. He was a founding director and co-owner of 
Heritage International Fund Managers Limited from 
2006 where he was responsible for the operational 
delivery  and  client  relationship  management  for 
a  number  of  key  relationships.  Prior  to  his  time 
with  the  Heritage  Group  Laurence  was  a  director 
of Guernsey International Fund Managers Limited, 
a  Baring  Asset  Management  Group  company. 
During his career with Heritage and Barings he held 

board  appointments  with  a  number  of  prominent 
Fund  Management  groups  with  particular  focus 
on  private  equity,  infrastructure,  property  and 
alternative  investment  funds.  Prior  to  his  career 
in fund management and administration Laurence 
was the Finance Director of an industrial electronics 
manufacturing company which was a subsidiary of 
a  UK  plc.  Prior  to  this  he  worked  in  professional 
practice with KPMG. He is a member of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants of Scotland and holds a 
degree  in  Accountancy  and  Operational  Research 
from Strathclyde University.

Meriel Lenfestey
Meriel Lenfestey was appointed as a non-executive 
director  of  the  Company  on  1  April  2020.  Ms 
Lenfestey  founded  Flow  Interactive  in  1997,  a 
London  based  Customer  Experience  Consultancy 
providing  creative  strategic  and  tactical  expertise 
across all sectors embracing digital transformation. 
Since  exiting  the  business  in  2016  she  has  held  a 
portfolio of non-executive director and advisory roles 
across Energy, Telecoms, Transport, Infrastructure, 
Technology, E-gaming, Entrepreneurial Support and 
local charities. She is Chair of Gemserv, a provider 
of consultancy and governance services helping the 
Energy  and  Health  markets  embrace  technology-
driven  change  and  deliver 
large  programmes 
effectively;  Senior  Independent  Director  at  Jersey 
Telecom  who  are  leading  the  world  in  full  fibre, 
delivering innovative global IOT (Internet of Things) 
services and providing local data and voice services; 
as  well  as  holding  non-executive  director  roles 
at  International  public  partnerships  (FTSE  250 
INPP)  and  Aurigny  Air  Services.  She  has  an  MA  in 
Computer  Related  Design  from  the  Royal  College 
of  Art,  a  Financial  Times  Non-Executive  Director 
Diploma and is a Fellow of the RSA.

57Directors’ Statement of Responsibilities

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the 
annual report and financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

The Law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements  for  each  financial  year.  Under  the  Law, 
the  Directors  are  required  to  prepare  the  financial 
statements  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as  adopted 
by  the  EU  and  applicable  law.  Under  the  Law,  the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements 
unless  they  are  satisfied  that  they  give  a  true  and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and 
of its profit or loss for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  make 

judgments  and  estimates 

that  are 

reasonable, relevant and reliable;

•  state  whether  applicable  accounting  standards 
have  been  followed,  subject  to  any  material 
departures  disclosed  and  explained 
the 
financial statements; 

in 

•  assess  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern; and 

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless 
they either intend to liquidate the Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative 
but to do so. 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  proper 
accounting  records  that  are  sufficient  to  show  and 
explain  the  Company’s  transactions  and  disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time, the financial 
position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that  the  financial  statements  comply  with  the  Law. 
They are responsible for such internal control as they 
determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation 
of  financial  statements  that  are  free  from  material 
misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and 
have general responsibility for taking such steps as 
are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets 
of the Company and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities.

So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s Auditor is 
unaware, and each Director has taken all the steps 
that he ought to have taken as a Director in order to 
make himself aware of any relevant audit information 
and  to  establish  that  the  Company’s  Auditor  is 
aware of that information. This confirmation is given 
and  should  be  interpreted  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions of section 249 of the Law.

integrity  of 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance 
and 
the  corporate  and  financial 
information included on the Company’s website, and 
for  the  preparation  and  dissemination  of  Financial 
Statements.  Legislation  in  Guernsey  governing  the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

By order of the Board

Paul Le Page 
Director
4 October 2021

Laurence McNairn
Director
4 October 2021

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Responsibility Statement  
of the Directors in Respect 
of the Annual Report

Each  of  the  Directors,  whose  names  are  set  out  on  page  57  in  the 
Board of Directors section of the annual report, confirms that to the 
best of their knowledge that:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit or loss of the Company; 

•  the  Management  Report  (comprising  Chairman’s  Statement, 
Strategic  Report,  Report  of  the  Directors  and  Report  of  the 
Investment  Adviser)  includes  a  fair  review  of  the  development 
and performance of the business and the position of the Company 
together with a description of the principal and emerging risks on 
pages 15 to 17; and

Having  taken  advice  from  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Directors 
consider  the  annual  report  and  financial  statements,  taken  as  a 
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and that it provides the 
information  necessary  for  Shareholders  to  assess  the  Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

Paul Le Page 
Director
4 October 2021

Laurence McNairn
Director
4 October 2021

58Corporate Governance Report

The  Board  recognises  the  importance  of  sound  corporate  governance, 
particularly  the  requirements  of  the  AIC  Code.  The  Company  is  currently 
complying with the latest AIC code effective 1 January 2019. 

The Company has been a member of the AIC since 15 July 2013. The Board 
has considered the principles and provisions of the AIC Code. The AIC Code 
provides a ‘comply or explain’ code of corporate governance and addresses 
all  the  principles  set  out  in  the  UK  Code  as  well  as  setting  out  additional 
principles  and  recommendations  on  issues  that  are  of  specific  relevance 
to  investment  companies  such  as  the  Company.  The  Board  considers  that 
reporting  against  the  principles  and  recommendations  of  the  AIC  Code 
provides better information to Shareholders.

The  GFSC  issued  a  Guernsey  Code  which  came  into  effect  on  1  January 
2012. The introduction to the Guernsey Code states that “Companies which 
report against the UK Code or the AIC Code of Corporate Governance are also 
deemed  to  meet  this  Code”.  Therefore,  AIC  members  which  are  Guernsey-
domiciled and which report against the AIC Code are not required to report 
separately against the Guernsey Code.

The  AIC  Code  is  available  on  the  AIC’s  website  (www.theaic.co.uk).  The  UK 
Code  is  available  from  the  FRC’s  website  (www.frc.org.uk).  The  Guernsey 
code is available from the GFSC’s website (www.gfsc.gg).

Throughout  the  year  ended  30  June  2021,  the  Company  has  complied  with 
the provisions of the AIC Code and the provisions of the UK Code, except to 
the extent highlighted below.

Provision  A.2.1  of  the  UK  Code  requires  a  chief  executive  to  be  appointed, 
however,  as  an  investment  company,  the  Company  has  no  employees  and 
therefore  has  no  requirement  for  a  chief  executive.  As  all  the  Directors, 
including the Chairman, are non-executive and independent of the Investment 
Adviser,  the  Company  has  not  established  a  nomination  committee, 
remuneration  committee  or  a  management  engagement  committee,  which 
is  not  in  accordance  with  provisions  B.2.1  and  D.2.1  of  the  UK  Code,  and 
Principle 7 of the AIC Code respectively. The Board is satisfied that as a whole, 
any relevant issues can be properly considered by the Board. The absence of 
an internal audit function is discussed in the Report of the Audit Committee 
on page 64.

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS59increased 

The  Board  monitors  developments  in  corporate 
governance  to  ensure  the  Board  remains  aligned 
with  best  practice,  especially  with  respect  to 
the 
focus  on  diversity.  The  Board 
acknowledges the importance of diversity, including 
gender (as stated in Principle 7 of the AIC Code), for 
the effective functioning of the Board and commits 
to  supporting  diversity  in  the  boardroom.  It  is  the 
Board’s  ongoing  aspiration  to  have  well-diversified 
representation  and  it  continues  to  value  directors 
with  diverse  skill  sets,  capabilities  and  experience 
gained from different geographical and professional 
backgrounds  that  enhance  the  Board  by  bringing 
a  wide  range  of  perspectives  to  the  Company.  The 
Board is satisfied with the current composition and 
functioning of its members. 

At the AGM of the Company, held on 17 December 
2020,  Special  Resolution  14  was  not  passed  by 
the  Shareholders.  Special  Resolution  14  granted 
the Directors authority to allot, issue and sell up to 
an  additional  10%  of  the  Ordinary  Shares  in  issue 
for  a  period  expiring  at  the  date  falling  15  months 
after  the  date  of  the  AGM.  The  Board  noted  the 
large  number  of  votes  received  against  Special 
Resolution  14  and  continued  to  engage  with  the 
Company’s shareholders and Proxy voting agencies 
where appropriate to understand the reasons for the 
votes. Following the year end, at an EGM held on 15 
July 2021, the resolution passed in a modified form 
where  the  power  to  allot,  issue  and  sell  ordinary 
shares is limited to up to 500 million new ordinary 
shares,  in  conjunction  with  that  described  in  the 
prospectus  of  the  Company  dated  29  June  2021 
and shall expire on 28 June 2022.

The Board 
The  Directors’  biographies  are  provided  on  page  57 
which set out the range of investment, financial and 
business skills and experience represented.

John  Rennocks,  John  Scott  and  Paul  Le  Page  were 
appointed on 12 June 2013, Laurence McNairn was 
appointed  1  July  2013  and  Meriel  Lenfestey  was 
appointed  on  1  April  2019.  The  Board  appointed 

John Scott as Senior Independent Director effective 
from 10 December 2013 to fulfil any function that is 
deemed inappropriate for the Chairman to perform. 

The Directors shall retire and submit themselves for 
re-election  at  each  AGM  of  the  Company;  the  next 
AGM is due to take place on 3 December 2021.

Any  Director  who  is  elected  or  re-elected  at  that 
meeting is treated as continuing in office throughout. 
If  he  is  not  elected  or  re-elected,  he  shall  retain 
office  until  the  end  of  the  meeting  or  (if  earlier) 
when a resolution is passed to appoint someone in 
his place or when a resolution to elect or re-elect the 
Director is put to the meeting and lost.

The  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  members  should 
be  re-elected  because  they  believe  that  they  have 
the right skills and experience to continue to serve 
the Company. As recommended in Principle 7 of the 
AIC  Code,  the  Board  has  considered  the  need  for 
a policy regarding tenure of service. As at 30 June 
2021, each of the directors had been on the Board 
for  almost  eight  years,  with  the  exception  of  Ms 
Lenfestey who was appointed to the Board in 2019. 
With regard to the nine year tenure limit in terms of 
independence, a partial refreshment of the Board is 
intended to take place at the 2021 AGM.

The  Board  meets  at  least  four  times  a  year  in 
Guernsey,  with  unscheduled  meetings  held 
where  required  to  consider  investment  related  or 
other  issues.  In  addition,  there  is  regular  contact 
between the Board, the Investment Adviser and the 
Administrator.  Furthermore,  the  Board  requires  to 
be supplied in a timely manner with information by 
the Investment Adviser, the Company Secretary and 
other advisers in a form and of a quality appropriate 
to enable it to discharge its duties. 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  share  dealing  code 
which  applies  to  the  Board  and  any  persons 
discharging  managerial  responsibilities.  This 
is 
to  ensure  compliance  by  the  Board,  and  relevant 
personnel  of  the  Investment  Adviser,  with  the 
requirements of the EU Market Abuse Regulations.

Directors’ Remuneration 
The Chairman is entitled to an annual remuneration 
of  £62,500  (2020:  £60,000).  The  other  Directors 
are  entitled  to  an  annual  remuneration  of  £39,000 
(2020: £37,500). Paul Le Page receives an additional 
annual  fee  of  £8,000  (2020:  £7,500)  for  acting  as 
Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Board  will 
review all Directors’ remuneration annually.

The  remuneration  earned  by  each  Director  in  the 
past two financial years was as follows:

Director

2021
£

2020
£

John Rennocks

62,500

60,000

John Scott

39,000

37,500

Laurence McNairn

39,000

37,500

Meriel Lenfestey 

39,000

37,500

Paul Le Page

47,000

45,000

The  total  Directors’  fees  expense  for  the  year 
amounted  to  £226,500  (2020:  £217,500).  As 
disclosed  in  Note  16,  John  Rennocks  and  John 
Scott  are  directors  of  BSIFIL,  and  have  received 
remuneration in respect of BSIFIL.

All  of  the  Directors  are  non-executive  and  each  is 
considered independent for the purposes of Chapter 
15 of the Listing Rules. 

In  accordance  with  Article  22  of  AIFMD,  the 
Company  shall  disclose  the  total  amount  of 
remuneration  for  the  financial  year,  split  into  fixed 
and  variable  remuneration,  paid  by  the  AIFM  to 
its  staff,  and  number  of  beneficiaries,  and,  where 
relevant,  carried  interest  paid  by  the  AIF.  As  the 
Company  is  categorised  as  an  internally  managed 
Non-EU AIFM for the purposes of AIFMD, Directors’ 
remuneration reflects this amount.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS60Duties and Responsibilities
The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  optimising  the  Company’s  success  by 
directing and supervising the affairs of the business and meeting the appropriate 
interests of shareholders and relevant stakeholders, while enhancing the value 
of the Company and also ensuring the protection of investors. A summary of the 
Board’s responsibilities is as follows:

•  statutory obligations and public disclosure;
•  strategic matters and financial reporting;
•  investment strategy and management;
•  risk assessment and management including reporting, compliance, governance, 

monitoring and control; and

•  other matters having a material effect on the Company.

The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Administrator, who 
is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are followed and 
that it complies with the Law and applicable rules and regulations of the GFSC 
and the LSE. Where necessary, in carrying out their duties, the Directors may seek 
independent professional advice and services at the expense of the Company.

The Company maintains appropriate directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in 
respect of legal action against its Directors on an ongoing basis.

The  Board’s  responsibilities  for  the  annual  report  are  set  out  in  the  Directors’ 
Responsibilities Statement on page 58. The Board is also responsible for issuing 
appropriate half-yearly financial reports and other price-sensitive public reports.

The attendance record of the Directors for the year to 30 June 2021 is set out 
below:

Director

John Rennocks

John Scott

Laurence McNairn

Meriel Lenfestey 

Paul Le Page

Scheduled 
Board Meetings 
(max 4)

Ad-hoc 
Board Meetings 
(max 9)

Audit Committee 
Meetings
(max 6)

4

4

4

4

4

6

8

9

8

7

6

6

6

5

6

Nine  ad-hoc  Board  Meetings  were  held  during 
the  period  to  formally  review  and  authorise  each 
investment  made  by  the  Company,  to  discuss  the 
placing of Ordinary Shares and to consider interim 
dividends, amongst other items.

The  Board  believes  that,  as  a  whole,  it  comprises 
an  appropriate  balance  of  skills,  experience, 
age,  knowledge  and  length  of  service.  The  Board 
also  believes  that  diversity  of  experience  and 
approach, 
including  gender  diversity,  amongst 
Board  members  is  of  great  importance  and  it  is 
the Company’s policy to give careful consideration 
to  issues  of  Board  balance  when  making  new 
appointments. With any new Director appointment 
to the Board, induction training will be provided by 
an independent service provider at the expense of 
the Company.

Performance Evaluation
In  accordance  with  Principle  7  of  the  AIC  Code, 
the  Board  is  required  to  undertake  a  formal  and 
rigorous evaluation of its performance on an annual 
basis. A formal evaluation of the performance of the 
Board as a whole, and the Chairman, is in progress 
as  at  the  date  of  this  report.  The  evaluation  is 
undertaken  utilising  self-appraisal  questionnaires 
and  is  followed  by  a  detailed  discussion  of  the 
outcomes  which  includes  an  assessment  of  the 
Directors’ continued independence.

Committees of the Board
Audit Committee
The  Board  established  an  Audit  Committee  in 
2013. It is chaired by Paul Le Page and at the date 
of this report comprised all of the Directors set out 
on  page  2.  The  report  of  the  role  and  activities  of 
this committee and its relationship with the Auditor 
is contained in the Report of the Audit Committee 
on  pages  64  to  65.  The  Committee  operates 
within  clearly  defined  terms  of  reference  which 
are  available  on  the  Company’s  website  (www.
bluefieldsif.com). 

Internal Control and Financial Reporting
The  Board  acknowledge  that  it  is  responsible  for 
establishing and maintaining the Company’s system 
of  internal  control  and  reviewing  its  effectiveness. 
Internal  control  systems  are  designed  to  manage 
rather than eliminate the failure to achieve business 
objectives  and  can  only  provide  reasonable  but  not 
absolute  assurance  against  material  misstatements 
or  loss.  The  Board  reviews  all  controls  including 
operations,  compliance  and  risk  management.  The 
key  procedures  which  have  been  established  to 
provide internal control are:

•  the  Board  has  delegated 

the  day–to-day 
operations  of  the  Company  to  the  Administrator 
and  Investment  Adviser;  however,  it  remains 
accountable for all of the functions it delegates;

•  the  Board  clearly  defines 

the  duties  and 
responsibilities  of  the  Company’s  agents  and 
advisers  and  appointments  are  made  by  the 
Board  after  due  and  careful  consideration.  The 
Board monitors the ongoing performance of such 
agents and advisers;

•  the Board monitors the actions of the Investment 
Adviser  at  regular  Board  meetings  and  is  also 
given  frequent  updates  on  developments  arising 
from the operations and strategic direction of the 
underlying investee companies; and

•  the  Administrator  provides  administration  and 
company  secretarial  services  to  the  Company. 
The Administrator maintains a system of internal 
control on which it reports to the Board.

The  Board  has  reviewed  the  need  for  an  internal 
audit  function  and  has  decided  that  the  systems 
and  procedures  employed  by  the  Administrator 
and  Investment  Adviser, 
their  own 
internal controls and procedures, provide sufficient 
assurance that a sound system of risk management 
and internal control, which safeguards shareholders’ 
investment and the Company’s assets, is maintained. 
An internal audit function specific to the Company is 
therefore considered unnecessary.

including 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS61The  systems  of  control  referred  to  above  are 
designed  to  ensure  effectiveness  and  efficient 
operation,  internal  control  and  compliance  with 
laws  and  regulations.  In  establishing  the  systems 
of  internal  control,  regard  is  paid  to  the  materiality 
of  relevant  risks,  the  likelihood  of  costs  being 
incurred  and  costs  of  control.  It  follows  therefore 
that the systems of internal control can only provide 
reasonable  but  not  absolute  assurance  against  the 
risk of material misstatement or loss. 

The  Company  has  delegated  the  provision  of  all 
services  to  external  service  providers  whose  work 
is  overseen  by  the  Board  at  its  quarterly  meetings. 
Each year a detailed review of performance pursuant 
to their terms of engagement will be undertaken by 
the Board.

Investment Advisory Agreement
In  accordance  with  Listing  Rule  15.6.2(2)R,  the 
Directors  formally  appraise  the  performance  and 
resources of the Investment Adviser. 

The  Investment  Adviser  is  led  by  its  managing 
partners, James Armstrong and Giovanni Terranova, 
who  founded  the  Bluefield  business 
in  2009 
following  their  prior  work  together  in  European 
solar  energy.  Neil  Wood,  who  joined  in  2013  was 
appointed partner in 2020 and runs the Investment 
Adviser alongside the two founders. The Investment 
Adviser’s team has a combined record, prior to and 
including  Bluefield  Partners  LLP,  of  investing  more 
than £1 billion in solar PV projects. The Management 
team have been involved in over £1.5 billion of solar 
PV  transactions  in  the  UK  and  Europe  since  2008. 
The  Investment  Adviser’s  non-executive  team 
includes  Mike  Rand,  Bluefield  Partners  founder 
and former Managing Partner, William Doughty, the 
founding  CEO  of  Semperian;  Dr.  Anthony  Williams, 
the former chair of the Risk Committee for the Fixed 
Income,  Currencies  &  Commodities  Division,  and 
Partner  at  Goldman  Sachs  &  Co;  and  Jon  Moulton, 
former  managing  partner  and  founder  of  Alchemy 
Partners. 

In view of the resources of the Investment Adviser 
and  the  Company’s  investment  and  operational 
performance  for  the  period, 
in  the  opinion  of 
the  Directors 
the  continuing  appointment  of 
the  Investment  Adviser  is  in  the  interests  of  the 
shareholders as a whole.

Dealings with Shareholders
The  Board  welcomes  shareholders’  views  and 
places  great  importance  on  communication  with 
its  shareholders.  The  Company’s  AGM  will  provide 
a  forum  for  shareholders  to  meet  and  discuss 
issues with the Directors of the Company. Members 
of  the  Board  will  also  be  available  to  meet  with 
shareholders at other times, if required. In addition, 
the  Company  maintains  a  website  which  contains 
comprehensive 
including  regulatory 
announcements,  share  price  information,  financial 
reports,  investment  objectives  and  strategy  and 
information on the Board. 

information, 

Principal and Emerging Risks
Each  Director  is  aware  of  the  risks  inherent  in 
the  Company’s  business  and  understands  the 
importance of identifying, evaluating and monitoring 
these risks. The Board has adopted procedures and 
controls that enable it to manage these risks within 
acceptable  limits  and  to  meet  all  of  its  legal  and 
regulatory obligations.

The  Board  considers  the  process  for  identifying, 
evaluating  and  managing  any  significant  risks  faced 
by the Company on an ongoing basis and these risks 
are  reported  and  discussed  at  Board  meetings.  It 
ensures that effective controls are in place to mitigate 
these risks and that a satisfactory compliance regime 
exists to ensure all applicable local and international 
laws and regulations are upheld.

The  Company’s  Principal  and  Emerging  Risks  are 
discussed in detail on pages 15 to 17 of the Strategic 
Report. The Company’s financial instrument risks are 
discussed in Note 15 to the financial statements.

The  Company’s  principal  risk  factors  are  fully 
disclosed in the Company’s Prospectus, available on 
the  Company’s  website  (www.bluefieldsif.com)  and 
should be reviewed by shareholders.

Changes in Regulation
The  Board  monitors  and  responds  to  changes  in 
regulation as they affect the Company and its policies.

AIFMD 
AIFMD  was  introduced  on  22  July  2014  in  order 
to harmonise the regulation of AIFMs and imposes 
obligations on managers who manage or distribute 
AIFs in the EU or who market shares in such funds to 
EU  investors.  After  seeking  professional  regulatory 
and  legal  advice,  the  Company  was  established 
in  Guernsey  as  a  self-managed  Non-EU  AIF. 
Additionally, the Company has taken advice on and 
implemented  sufficient  and  appropriate  policies 
and  procedures  that  enable  the  Board  to  fulfil  its 
role  in  relation  to  portfolio  management  and  the 
management  of  risk.  The  Company  is  therefore 
categorised as an internally managed Non-EU AIFM 
for  the  purposes  of  AIFMD  and  as  such  neither 
it  nor  the  Investment  Adviser  is  required  to  seek 
authorisation under AIFMD.

The marketing of shares in AIFs that are established 
outside the EU (such as the Company) to investors 
in an EU member state is prohibited unless certain 
conditions  are  met.  Certain  of  these  conditions 
are  outside  the  Company’s  control  as  they  are 
dependent  on  the  regulators  of  the  relevant  third 
country (in this case Guernsey) and the relevant EU 
member state entering into regulatory co-operation 
agreements with one another. 

Currently,  the  NPPR  provides  a  mechanism  to 
market  Non-EU  AIFs  that  are  not  allowed  to  be 
marketed  under  AIFMD  domestic  marketing 
regimes.  The  Board  is  utilising  NPPR  in  order  to 
market the Company, specifically in the UK pursuant 
to Regulations 57, 58 and 59 of the UK Alternative 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS62 
Investment  Fund  Managers  Regulations  2013.  The 
Board  is  working  with  the  Company’s  advisers  to 
ensure  the  necessary  conditions  are  met,  and  all 
required  notices  and  disclosures  are  made  under 
NPPR. Eligible AIFMs will be able to continue to use 
NPPR for the time being. 

Any regulatory changes arising from implementation 
of  AIFMD  (or  otherwise)  that  limit  the  Company’s 
ability  to  market  future  issues  of  its  shares  may 
materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to 
carry  out  its  investment  policy  successfully  and  to 
achieve its investment objectives, which in turn may 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  financial 
condition,  results  of  operations,  NAV  and/or  the 
market price of the Ordinary Shares.

The  Board,  in  conjunction  with  the  Company’s 
advisers, will continue to monitor the development 
of AIFMD and its impact on the Company.

FATCA and CRS 
The  Company 
is  registered  under  FATCA  and 
continues  to  comply  with  FATCA  and  the  Common 
Reporting  Standard’s  requirements  to  the  extent 
relevant to the Company.

PRIIPs
The Company is in compliance with the requirements 
under PRIIPs to publish a KID. The KID is available 
on the Company’s website.

NMPI
On  1  January  2014  FCA  rules  relating  to  the 
restrictions on the retail distribution of unregulated 
collective investment schemes and close substitutes 
came into effect. 

The  Board  has  been  advised  that  the  Company 
would qualify as an investment trust if it was resident 
in the UK, and therefore the Board believes that the 
retail distribution of its shares should be unaffected 
by  the  changes.  It  is  the  Board’s  intention  that  the 
Company will make all reasonable efforts to conduct 
its  affairs  in  such  a  manner  that  its  shares  can  be 
recommended by independent financial advisers to 
UK retail investors in accordance with the FCA’s rules 
relating to non-mainstream investment products.

Guernsey Green Fund Status
The Guernsey Green Fund aims to provide a platform 
for  investments  into  various  green  initiatives  and 
gives  investors  a  trusted  and  transparent  product 
internationally  agreed 
that  contributes  to  the 
objectives of mitigating environmental damage and 
climate change. The Company successfully obtained 
Guernsey Green Fund Status on 16 April 2019.

Following an application to the GFSC, the Company 
was  deemed  to  have  met  the  following  investment 
criteria outlined in the Guernsey Green Fund Rules, 
2018 (‘The Rules’):

•  The Property of a Guernsey Green Fund shall be 
invested  with  the  aim  of  spreading  risk  and  with 
the ultimate objective of mitigating environmental 
damage resulting in a net positive outcome for the 
environment;

•  A  Guernsey  Green  Fund  shall  comprise  75% 
assets  by  value  that  meet  the  Guernsey  Green 
Fund  Rules  criteria.  The  remaining  25%  must 
not lessen or reduce the Guernsey Green Fund’s 
overall  objective  of  mitigating  environmental 
damage  nor  comprise  an  investment  of  a  type 
specified  within  schedule  3  of  the  Guernsey 
Green Fund Rules, 2018;

•  A  Guernsey  Green  Fund  shall  only  comprise 
assets  permitted  to  be  held  under  its  principal 
documents  or  prospectus  and  of  a  nature 
described in its prospectus; and

•  A  Guernsey  Green  Fund  shall  not  be  invested  in 
contravention  of  limits  or  restrictions  imposed 
under its principal documents or prospectus.

investing 

The  Company  fulfils  the  above  investment  criteria 
by 
in  a  diversified  portfolio  of  solar 
energy  assets,  each  located  within  the  UK,  with 
a  focus  on  utility  scale  assets  and  portfolios  on 
greenfield  sites.  The  Group  targets  long  life  solar 
energy  infrastructure,  expected  to  generate  stable 
renewable energy output over asset lives of at least 
25 years. The Company incorporates Environmental 
Social  &  Governance  policies  into  its  investment 
processes and is conscious of its environmental and 
social  impact.  The  production  of  renewable  energy 
equates  to  a  significant  amount  of  CO2  emissions 
saved,  representing  a  sustainable  and  ethical 
investment.

By order of the Board

Paul Le Page 
Director
4 October 2021

Laurence McNairn
Director
4 October 2021

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS63Report of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee, chaired by Paul Le Page and 
comprising all of the Directors set out on page 2, 
operates within clearly defined terms of reference 
(which are available from the Company’s website, 
www.bluefieldsif.com)  and  includes  all  matters 
indicated by Rule 7.1 of the UK FCA’s DTRs and the 
AIC  Code.  Appointments  to  the  Audit  Committee 
shall  be  for  a  period  of  up  to  three  years, 
extendable for one or further three year periods. It 
is also the formal forum through which the Auditor 
will report to the Board of Directors.

The  Audit  Committee  meets  no  less  than  twice 
a  year,  and  at  such  other  times  as  the  Audit 
Committee  shall  require,  and  meets  the  Auditor 
at  least  twice  a  year.  Any  member  of  the  Audit 
Committee  may  request  that  a  meeting  be 
convened  by  the  company  secretary.  The  Auditor 
may  request  that  a  meeting  be  convened  if  they 
deem  it  necessary.  Any  Director  who  is  not  a 
member of the Audit Committee, the Administrator 
and  representatives  of  the  Investment  Adviser 
shall  be  invited  to  attend  the  meetings  as  the 
Directors deem appropriate.

The Board has taken note of the requirement that 
at  least  one  member  of  the  Committee  should 
have  recent  and  relevant  financial  experience 
and  is  satisfied  that  the  Committee  is  properly 
constituted 
its 
members  who  are  chartered  accountants  and 
three members with an investment background.

in  that  respect,  with  two  of 

Responsibilities
The main duties of the Audit Committee are:

• reporting  to  the  Board  on  the  appropriateness 
of the Board’s accounting policies and practices 
including critical judgement areas;

• reviewing 

the  valuation  of 

the  Company’s 
investments prepared by the Investment Adviser, 
and  making  a  recommendation  to  the  Board  on 
the valuation of the Company’s investments;

• meeting regularly with the Auditor to review their 
proposed  audit  plan  and  the  subsequent  audit 
report and assess the effectiveness of the audit 
process and the levels of fees paid in respect of 
both audit and non-audit work;

• making recommendations to the Board in relation 
to  the  appointment,  re-appointment  or  removal 
of the Auditor and approving their remuneration 
and the terms of their engagement;

• monitoring and reviewing annually the Auditor’s 
independence,  objectivity,  expertise,  resources, 
qualification and non-audit work;

• considering  annually  whether  there  is  a  need 
for  the  Company  to  have  its  own  internal  audit 
function;

• keeping  under  review  the  effectiveness  of  the 
accounting  and  internal  control  systems  of  the 
Company; 

• reviewing and considering the UK Code, the AIC 
Code,  the  FRC  Guidance  on  Audit  Committees 
and 
investors’ 
commitment to the UK Stewardship code; and

the  Company’s 

institutional 

• monitoring the integrity of the financial statements 
of  the  Company  and  any  formal  announcements 
relating  to  the  Company’s  financial  performance 
and  reviewing  significant  financial  reporting 
judgements contained in them;

• reviewing  the  risks  facing  the  Company  and 

monitoring the risk matrix.

The Audit Committee is required to report formally 
to the Board on its findings after each meeting on 
all matters within its duties and responsibilities. 

The Auditor is invited to attend the Audit Committee 
meetings  as  the  Board  deems  appropriate  and 
at  which  they  have  the  opportunity  to  meet  with 
the  Committee  without  representatives  of  the 
Investment  Adviser  or  the  Administrator  being 
present at least once per year.

Financial Reporting
The primary role of the Audit Committee in relation 
to  the  financial  reporting  is  to  review  with  the 
Administrator,  Investment  Adviser  and  the  Auditor 
the  appropriateness  of  the  interim  and  annual 
financial  statements,  concentrating  on,  amongst 
other matters:

• the  quality  and  acceptability  of  accounting 

policies and practices;

• the  clarity  of  the  disclosures  and  compliance 
with  financial  reporting  standards  and  relevant 
financial and governance reporting requirements;

Meetings
The  Committee  has  met  formally  on  6  occasions 
in  the  year  covered  by  this  report.  The  matters 
discussed and challenged at those meetings were:

• consideration  and  agreement  of  the  terms  of 
reference of the Audit Committee for approval by 
the Board;

• review of the Company’s risk matrix;

• review  of  the  accounting  policies  and  format  of 

the financial statements;

• review  and  approval  of  the  audit  plan  of  the 
Auditor and timetable for the interim and annual 
financial statements;

• review  of  the  valuation  policy  and  methodology 
of  the  Company’s  investments  applied  in  the 
interim and annual financial statements;

• detailed review of the interim and annual report 

and financial statements; 

• material  areas  in  which  significant  judgements 
have been applied or there has been discussion 
with the Auditor;

• assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  external 

audit process as described below; and

• whether 

the  annual 

report  and  financial 
statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  is  fair,  balanced 
and understandable and provides the information 
necessary 
the 
Company’s  performance,  business  model  and 
strategy; and

for  Shareholders 

to  assess 

•  any correspondence from regulators in relation 

to the Company’s financial reporting. 

To  aid  its  review,  the  Audit  Committee  considers 
reports  from  the  Administrator  and  Investment 
Adviser  and  also  reports  from  the  Auditor  on  the 
outcomes  of  their  half  year  review  and  annual 
audit. Like the Auditor, the Audit Committee seeks 
to  display  the  necessary  professional  scepticism 
their role requires.

• a  review  of  the  process  used  to  determine  the 

viability of the Company.

The Audit Committee chairman or other members 
of the Audit Committee appointed for the purpose, 
shall attend each AGM of the Company, prepared 
to  respond  to  any  shareholder  questions  on  the 
Audit Committee’s activities.

Primary Area of Judgement
The  Audit  Committee  determined  that  the  key 
risk  of  misstatement  of  the  Company’s  financial 
statements  is  the  fair  value  of  the  investments 
held  by  the  Company  in  the  context  of  the  high 
degree of judgement involved in the assumptions 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS64and estimates underlying the discounted cash flow 
calculations.

As  outlined  in  Note  8  of  the  financial  statements, 
the fair value of the BSIFIL’s investments (Directors’ 
Valuation)  as  at  30  June  2021  was  £694,542,588 
(2020:  £624,268,573).  Market  quotations  are  not 
available  for  these  investments  so  their  valuation 
is  undertaken  using  a  discounted  cash 
flow 
methodology.  The  Directors  have  also  considered 
transactions  in  similar  assets  and  used  these  to 
infer  the  discount  rate.  Significant  inputs  such  as 
the discount rate, rate of inflation and the amount of 
electricity the solar assets are expected to produce 
are  subjective  and  include  certain  assumptions. 
As  a  result,  this  requires  a  series  of  judgements 
to  be  made  as  explained  in  Note  8  in  the  financial 
statements.

The valuation of the BSIFIL’s portfolio of solar assets 
(Directors’ Valuation) as at 30 June 2021 has been 
determined  by  the  Board  based  on  information 
provided by the Investment Adviser.

The Audit Committee also reviewed and suggested 
factors that could impact BSIFIL’s portfolio valuation 
and  its  related  sensitivities  to  the  carrying  value  of 
the investments as required in accordance with IPEV 
Valuation Guidelines.

Risk Management
The  Company’s  risk  assessment  process  and  the 
way in which significant business risks are managed 
is a key area of focus for the Committee. The work 
of  the  Audit  Committee  is  driven  primarily  by  the 
Company’s assessment of its Principal and Emerging 
Risks as set out on pages 15 to 17 of the Strategic 
Report, and it receives reports from the Investment 
Adviser  and  Administrator  on  the  Company’s 
risk  evaluation  process  and  reviews  changes  to 
significant risks identified.

function.  Currently  it  does  not  consider  there  to 
be  a  need  for  an  internal  audit  function,  given  that 
there  are  no  employees  in  the  Company  and  all 
outsourced functions are with parties who have their 
own internal controls and procedures.

External Audit
KPMG  has  been  the  Company’s  external  Auditor 
since the Company’s inception. 

provision of investment advice; taking management 
decisions; advocacy work in adversarial situations; 
provision  of  tax  and  tax  compliance  services; 
promotion  of,  dealing 
in,  or  underwriting  the 
Company’s  shares;  provision  of  payroll  services; 
design or implementation of internal control or risk 
management  or  financial  information  technology 
systems,  provision  of  valuation  services,  provision 
of services related to internal audit; and provision of 
certain human resources functions.

The  Auditor  is  required  to  rotate  the  audit  partner 
every  five  years.  The  current  partner  is  in  his  fifth 
year of tenure. There are no contractual obligations 
restricting  the  choice  of  external  auditor  and  the 
Company  will  consider  putting  the  audit  services 
contract  out  to  tender  at  least  every  ten  years.  In 
line  with  the  FRC’s  recommendations  on  audit 
tendering, this will be considered further when the 
audit  partner  rotates  every  five  years.  Under  the 
Companies Law, the reappointment of the external 
Auditor  is  subject  to  shareholder  approval  at  the 
AGM.

The Committee reviews the scope and results of the 
audit, its cost effectiveness  and  the independence 
and objectivity of the Auditor, with particular regard 
to  the  level  of  non-audit  fees.  During  the  year, 
KPMG was also engaged to provide a review of the 
Company’s  interim  information.  Total  fees  paid 
amounted to £105,250 for the year ended 30 June 
2021 (30 June 2020: £150,822) of which £74,200 
related  to  audit  and  audit  related  services  to  the 
Company (30 June 2020: £133,744) and £31,050 
in  respect  of  non-audit  services  (30  June  2020: 
£17,078).

•  the Auditor’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and 

variations from it;

•  discussions  or  reports  highlighting  the  major  issues 

that arose during the course of the audit; 

•  feedback from other service providers evaluating the 

performance of the audit team;

•  arrangements 
objectivity; and

for  ensuring 

independence  and 

•  robustness of the Auditor in handling key accounting 

and audit judgements.

is  satisfied  with  KPMG’s 
The  Audit  Committee 
effectiveness  and  independence  as  Auditor,  having 
considered  the  degree  of  diligence  and  professional 
scepticism  demonstrated  by  them.  Having  carried  out 
the  review  described  above  and  having  satisfied  itself 
that the Auditor remains independent and effective, the 
Audit  Committee  has  recommended  to  the  Board  that 
KPMG be reappointed as Auditor for the year ending 30 
June 2022.

The  objectivity  of  the  Auditor  is  reviewed  by  the 
Audit  Committee  which  also  reviews  the  terms 
under which the external Auditor may be appointed 
to perform non-audit services. The Audit Committee 
reviews the scope and results of the audit, its cost 
effectiveness and the independence and objectivity 
of  the  Auditor,  with  particular  regard  to  any  non-
audit work that the Auditor may undertake. In order 
to safeguard Auditor independence and objectivity, 
the  Audit  Committee  ensures  that  any  other 
advisory and/or consulting services provided by the 
external  Auditor  do  not  conflict  with  its  statutory 
audit  responsibilities.  Advisory  and/or  consulting 
services will generally only cover reviews of interim 
financial  statements,  tax  compliance  and  capital 
raising  work.  Any  non-audit  services  conducted 
by  the  Auditor  outside  of  these  areas  will  require 
the  consent  of  the  Audit  Committee  before  being 
initiated.

Notwithstanding  such  services,  which  have  arisen 
in  connection  with  review  of  the  interim  financial 
statements,  the  Audit  Committee  considers  KPMG 
to  be  independent  of  the  Company  and  that  the 
provision of such non-audit services is not a threat 
to the objectivity and independence of the conduct 
of the audit as appropriate safeguards are in place.

To fulfil its responsibility regarding the independence 
of the Auditor, the Audit Committee has considered:

•  discussions  with  or  reports  from  the  Auditor 
describing  its  arrangements  to  identify,  report 
and manage any conflicts of interest; and

•  the  extent  of  non-audit  services  provided  by 
the  Auditor  and  arrangements  for  ensuring  the 
independence and objectivity and robustness and 
perceptiveness of the Auditor and their handling 
of key accounting and audit judgements. 

To  assess  the  effectiveness  of  the  Auditor,  the 
Committee has reviewed and challenged:

further  enhance 

the  audit  efficiency  of 

the 
To 
Company  and  its  subsidiaries  the  Audit  Committee 
has  recommended  to  the  Board  that  KPMG  should 
undertake  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  subsidiary  SPVs 
and  a  phased  two-year  programme  is  currently  in 
process to implement this.

The Chairman of the Audit Committee will be available 
at the AGM to answer any questions about the work of 
the Committee.

On behalf of the Audit Committee

Paul Le Page
Chairman of the Audit Committee
4 October 2021

Internal Audit
The Audit Committee considers at least once a year 
whether or not there is a need for an internal audit 

The  external  Auditor  may  not  undertake  any 
work  for  the  Company  in  respect  of  the  following 
matters:  preparation  of  the  financial  statements; 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS65Independent Auditor’s Report 

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Bluefield 
Solar Income Fund Limited

Our opinion is unmodified
We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  Bluefield  Solar  Income  Fund 
Limited (the “Company”), which comprise the statement of financial position 
as  at  30  June  2021,  the  statements  of  comprehensive  income,  changes 
in  equity  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  and  notes,  comprising 
significant accounting policies and other explanatory information

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company as at 30 
June 2021, and of the Company’s financial performance and cash flows for 
the year then ended;

•  are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

as adopted by the EU; and

•  comply with the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008.

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are described below. 
We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the 
Company  in  accordance  with,  UK  ethical  requirements  including  FRC  Ethical 
Standards, as applied to listed entities. We believe that the audit evidence we 
have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.

Key Audit Matters: 
our assessment of the risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were 
of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due 
to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the 
overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the  efforts  of  the  engagement  team.  These  matters  were  addressed  in  the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
In  arriving  at  our  audit  opinion  above,  the  key  audit  matter  was  as  follows 
(unchanged from 2020):

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS66Valuation of financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss   £470,282,000 (2020: £432,426,000)

Refer to the Report of the Audit Committee on pages 64 to 65, note 2 (j) accounting policy and note 8 disclosures.

The risk

Our response

Basis:
The  Company’s  investment  in  its  immediate  subsidiary  is 
carried  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  and  represents  a 
significant  proportion  of  the  Company’s  net  assets  (2021: 
99.8%;  2020:  99.8%).  The  fair  value  of  the  immediate 
subsidiary, which reflects its net assets value, predominantly 
comprises  of  the  fair  value  (£694,543,000)  of  underlying 
special  purpose  vehicle  solar  project  investments  (“SPVs”) 
and the immediate subsidiary level debt (see note 8).

The  fair  value  of  the  SPVs  has  been  determined  using  the 
income  approach,  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  of 
underlying  solar  projects  (the  “Valuations”),  for  which  there 
is  no  liquid  market.  The  Valuations  incorporate  certain 
assumptions 
rate,  electricity  price 
forecasts,  useful  economic  life  and  other  macro-economic 
assumptions.

including  discount 

In  determining  the  discount  rate  used  in  the  Valuations,  the 
relevant  long  term  government  bond  yields,  cost  of  debt, 
specific asset risk and evidence of recent market transactions 
are considered.

The  Valuations  are  adjusted  for  other  specific  assets  and 
liabilities of the SPVs.

Risk:
The  Valuations  represent  both  a  risk  of  fraud  and  error 
associated  with  estimating  the  timing  and  amounts  of 
long  term  forecast  cash  flows  alongside  the  selection  and 
application  of  appropriate  assumptions.  Changes  to  long 
term forecast cash flows and/or the selection and application 
of  different  assumptions  may  result  in  a  materially  different 
valuation  of  financial  assets  held  at  fair  value  through  profit 
or loss.

Our audit procedures included, but were not limited to:

Control evaluation:
We assessed the design and implementation of the control over 
the Valuation of financial assets held at fair value through profit 
or loss.

Model Inputs:
We  assessed  the  key  project  specific  inputs  into  the  cash 
flow forecast, focusing on the significant changes for existing 
projects  since  the  previous  reporting  period  or  from  the  date 
of acquisition for newly acquired projects, to corroborate key 
revenues  and  costs  with  reference  to  underlying  contracts, 
agreements and management information.

Model integrity:
For a selection of data routines, we tested the valuation model 
for integrity, logic and for material formula errors.

Benchmarking the valuation assumptions:
With  support  from  our  KPMG  valuation  specialist,  using  their 
experience in valuing similar assets, we assessed and challenged 
the appropriateness of the Company’s key assumptions including 
discount  rate,  useful  economic  life  and  other  macro-economic 
assumptions applied in the Valuations by:

•  assessing, for a risk based selection, the historical accuracy 
of the cash flow forecasts against actual results in order to 
assess their reliability; and

•  benchmarking  against 

independent  market  data  and 

relevant peer group companies, where available.

Assessing transparency:
We have considered the adequacy of the Company’s disclosures 
made  in  accordance  with  IFRS  13  (see  note  8)  including  the 
use  of  estimates  and  judgements  in  arriving  at  fair  value.  We 
assessed  whether  the  disclosures  around  the  sensitivities  to 
changes  in  assumptions  reflected  the  risks  inherent  in  the 
valuation of the SPVs.

Our application of materiality and an overview of the 
scope of our audit
Materiality  for  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole  was  set  at 
£9,210,000 determined with reference to a benchmark of net assets 
of £471,425,000 of which it represents approximately 2% (2020: 2%).

In  line  with  our  audit  methodology,  our  procedures  on  individual 
account  balances  and  disclosures  were  performed  to  a 
lower 
threshold,  performance  materiality,  so  as  to  reduce  to  an  acceptable 
level  the  risk  that  individually  immaterial  misstatements  in  individual 
account  balances  add  up  to  a  material  amount  across  the  financial 
statements as a whole. Performance materiality for the Company was 
set at 75% (2020: 75%) of materiality for the financial statements as a 
whole, which equates to £6,907,000. We applied this percentage in our 
determination of performance materiality because we did not identify 
any factors indicating an elevated level of risk.

We  reported  to  the  Audit  Committee  any  corrected  or  uncorrected 
identified  misstatements  exceeding  £460,500,  in  addition  to  other 
identified  misstatements  that  warranted  reporting  on  qualitative 
grounds. 

Our  audit  of  the  Company  was  undertaken  to  the  materiality  level 
specified  above,  which  has  informed  our  identification  of  significant 
risks  of  material  misstatement  and  the  associated  audit  procedures 
performed in those areas as detailed above. 

Going concern
The  directors  have  prepared  the  financial  statements  on  the  going 
concern  basis  as  they  do  not  intend  to  liquidate  the  Company  or  to 
cease its operations, and as they have concluded that the Company’s 
financial position means that this is realistic. They have also concluded 
that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant 
doubt  over  its  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  for  at  least  a 
year from the date of approval of the financial statements (the “going 
concern period”).

In  our  evaluation  of  the  directors’  conclusions,  we  considered  the 
inherent  risks  to  the  Company’s  business  model  and  analysed  how 
those risks might affect the Company’s financial resources or ability to 
continue operations over the going concern period. The risks that we 
considered most likely to affect the Company’s financial resources or 
ability to continue operations over this period were:

•  Availability  of  capital  to  meet  operating  costs  and  other  financial 

commitments; and

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS67•  Ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to refinance or repay debt and 

Our risk assessment procedures included:

to comply with debt covenants.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity in 
the going concern period by comparing severe, but plausible downside 
scenarios that could arise from these risks individually and collectively 
against  the  level  of  available  financial  resources  indicated  by  the 
Company’s financial forecasts.

We  considered  whether  the  going  concern  disclosure  in  note  2(b)  to 
the  financial  statements  gives  a  full  and  accurate  description  of  the 
directors’ assessment of going concern.

Our conclusions based on this work:

•  we  consider  that  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate;

•  we  have  not  identified,  and  concur  with  the  directors’  assessment 
that  there  is  not,  a  material  uncertainty  related  to  events  or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the going 
concern period; and

•  we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to 
the directors’ statement in the notes to the financial statements on 
the  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  with  no  material 
uncertainties  that  may  cast  significant  doubt  over  the  Company’s 
use  of  that  basis  for  the  going  concern  period,  and  that  statement 
is materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit 
knowledge.

However,  as  we  cannot  predict  all  future  events  or  conditions  and  as 
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements  that  were  reasonable  at  the  time  they  were  made,  the 
above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Company will continue 
in operation.

•  enquiring  of  management  as  to  the  Company’s  policies  and 
procedures to prevent and detect fraud as well as enquiring whether 
management  have  knowledge  of  any  actual,  suspected  or  alleged 
fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance; and

•  using  analytical  procedures  to  identify  any  unusual  or  unexpected 

relationships.

As  required  by  auditing  standards,  and  taking  into  account  possible 
incentives  or  pressures  to  misstate  performance  and  our  overall 
knowledge  of  the  control  environment,  we  perform  procedures  to 
address  the  risk  of  management  override  of  controls,  in  particular 
the risk that management may be in a position to make inappropriate 
accounting entries, and the risk of bias in accounting estimates such as 
valuation of unquoted investments. On this audit we do not believe there 
is a fraud risk related to revenue recognition because the Company’s 
revenue streams are simple in nature with respect to accounting policy 
choice, and are easily verifiable to external data sources or agreements 
with little or no requirement for estimation from management. We did 
not identify any additional fraud risks.

We performed procedures including:

•  identifying  journal  entries  and  other  adjustments  to  test  based 
on  risk  criteria  and  comparing  any  identified  entries  to  supporting 
documentation;

•  incorporating an element of unpredictability in our audit procedures; 

and

•  assessing significant accounting estimates for bias

Further detail in respect of valuation of unquoted investments is set out 
in the key audit matter section of in this report.

required by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Company’s 
regulatory  and  legal  correspondence,  if  any,  and  discussed  with 
management  the  policies  and  procedures  regarding  compliance  with 
laws  and  regulations.  As  the  Company  is  regulated,  our  assessment 
of risks involved gaining an understanding of the control environment 
including  the  entity’s  procedures  for  complying  with  regulatory 
requirements.

The  Company  is  subject  to  laws  and  regulations  that  directly  affect 
the  financial  statements  including  financial  reporting  legislation  and 
taxation  legislation  and  we  assessed  the  extent  of  compliance  with 
these  laws  and  regulations  as  part  of  our  procedures  on  the  related 
financial statement items.

The  Company  is  subject  to  other  laws  and  regulations  where  the 
consequences  of  non-compliance  could  have  a  material  effect  on 
amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through 
the imposition of fines or litigation or impacts on the Company’s ability 
to operate. We identified financial services regulation as being the area 
most likely to have such an effect, recognising the regulated nature of 
the  Company’s  activities  and  its  legal  form.  Auditing  standards  limit 
the  required  audit  procedures  to  identify  non-compliance  with  these 
laws  and  regulations  to  enquiry  of  management  and  inspection  of 
regulatory  and  legal  correspondence,  if  any.  Therefore  if  a  breach  of 
operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant 
correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach.

Context  of  the  ability  of  the  audit  to  detect  fraud  or 
breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable 
risk  that  we  may  not  have  detected  some  material  misstatements 
in  the  financial  statements,  even  though  we  have  properly  planned 
and  performed  our  audit  in  accordance  with  auditing  standards. 
For  example,  the  further  removed  non-compliance  with  laws  and 
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required 
by auditing standards would identify it. 

Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations - ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due 
to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) 
we  assessed  events  or  conditions  that  could  indicate  an  incentive  or 
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. 

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement 
due to non-compliance with laws and regulations
We  identified  areas  of  laws  and  regulations  that  could  reasonably  be 
expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial  statements  from 
our  sector  experience  and  through  discussion  with  management  (as 

In  addition,  as  with  any  audit,  there  remains  a  higher  risk  of  non-
detection  of  fraud,  as  this  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our 
audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are 
not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be 
expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS68Other information
The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other 
information  comprises  the  information  included  in  the  annual  report 
but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon.  Our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the 
other information and we do not express an audit opinion or any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.

In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements,  our 
responsibility  is  to  read  the  other  information  and,  in  doing  so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 
the  financial  statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit,  or 
otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If,  based  on  the  work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have 
nothing to report in this regard.

Disclosures  of  emerging  and  principal  risks  and  longer-
term viability 
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a 
material  inconsistency  between  the  directors’  disclosures  in  respect 
of  emerging  and  principal  risks  and  the  viability  statement,  and  the 
financial  statements  and  our  audit  knowledge.  we  have  nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  the  directors’  confirmation  within  the  viability  statement  (page  18) 
that  they  have  carried  out  a  robust  assessment  of  the  emerging 
and  principal  risks  facing  the  Company,  including  those  that  would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

•  the emerging and principal risks disclosures describing these risks 

and explaining how they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the  directors’  explanation  in  the  viability  statement  (page  18)  as 
to  how  they  have  assessed  the  prospects  of  the  Company,  over 
what  period  they  have  done  so  and  why  they  consider  that  period 
to  be  appropriate,  and  their  statement  as  to  whether  they  have  a 
reasonable  expectation  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of  their  assessment,  including  any  related  disclosures  drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to review the viability statement, set out on page 
18 under the Listing Rules. Based on the above procedures, we have 
concluded that the above disclosures are materially consistent with the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a 
material  inconsistency  between  the  directors’  corporate  governance 
disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Based  on  those  procedures,  we  have  concluded  that  each  of  the 
following is materially consistent with the financial statements and our 
audit knowledge: 

•  the  directors’  statement  that  they  consider  that  the  annual  report 
and  financial  statements  taken  as  a  whole  is  fair,  balanced  and 
understandable,  and  provides  the 
for 
shareholders  to  assess  the  Company’s  position  and  performance, 
business model and strategy;

information  necessary 

•  the  section  of  the  annual  report  describing  the  work  of  the  Audit 
Committee, including the significant issues that the audit committee 
considered  in  relation  to  the  financial  statements,  and  how  these 
issues were addressed; and

•  the  section  of  the  annual  report  that  describes  the  review  of  the 
effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  risk  management  and  internal 
control systems.

We are required to review the part of Corporate Governance Statement 
relating  to  the  Company’s  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  the  UK 
Corporate  Governance  Code  specified  by  the  Listing  Rules  for  our 
review. We have nothing to report in this respect.

We have nothing to report on other matters on which we 
are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the 
Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 requires us to report to you if, in our 
opinion:

•  the Company has not kept proper accounting records; or

•  the  financial  statements  are  not  in  agreement  with  the  accounting 

records; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations, which to 
the best of our knowledge and belief are necessary for the purpose of 
our audit.

Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities 
As  explained  more  fully  in  their  statement  set  out  on  page  58,  the 
directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements 
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal 
control  as  they  determine  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due  to  fraud  or  error;  assessing  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as 
a  going  concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going 
concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they 
either intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material  misstatement, 
whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  our  opinion  in  an  auditor’s 
report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not 
guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  ISAs  (UK)  will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can 
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

A  fuller  description  of  our  responsibilities  is  provided  on  the  FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

The  purpose  of  this  report  and  restrictions  on  its  use  by 
persons other than the Company’s members as a body
This  report  is  made  solely  to  the  Company’s  members,  as  a  body,  in 
accordance with section 262 of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. 
Our  audit  work  has  been  undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in  an  auditor’s  report  and  for  no  other  purpose.  To  the  fullest  extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Rachid Frihmat 
For and on behalf of KPMG Channel Islands Limited 
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditors, Guernsey 
4 October 2021 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S  REPORTANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS69 
Assets

Note

30 June 2021
£’000

30 June 2020 
£’000

Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 June 2021

These financial statements were approved and authorised 
for issue by the Board of Directors on 4 October 2021 and 
signed on their behalf by:

Paul Le Page
Director
4 October 2021

Laurence McNairn
Director
4 October 2021

NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss

Total non-current assets

CURRENT ASSETS
Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

Liabilities

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other payables and accrued expenses

Total current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

Equity

Share capital

Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

The  accompanying  notes  form  an  integral  part  of  these 
financial statements.

Ordinary Shares in issue at year end

Net asset value per Ordinary Share (pence)

8

9

10

11

13

13

7

470,282

470,282

773

775

1,548

432,426

432,426

768

747

1,515

471,830

433,941

405

405

405

436

436

436

471,425

433,505

413,215

58,210

471,425

368,712

64,793

433,505

406,999,622

370,499,622

115.83             

117.01             

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS70Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2021  

Income

Investment income

Interest income from cash and cash equivalents

Net gains on financial assets held at fair value 
through profit or loss

Operating income

Expenses

Administrative expenses

Operating expenses

Operating profit

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year 

Note

Year ended
30 June 2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 2020 
£’000

4

8

5

740

-

740

25,181

25,921

1,404

1,404

24,517

24,517

725

2

727

28,851

29,578

1,338

1,338

28,240

28,240

Earnings per share:
Basic and diluted (pence)

12

6.25

7.63

All items within the above statement have been derived from continuing activities.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS71Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Shareholders’ equity at 
1 July 2020

Shares issued during the period:

Note

Number of
Ordinary Shares

Share capital
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total equity
£’000

370,499,622

368,712

64,793

433,505

For the year ended 30 June 2020

Ordinary Shares issued via placing

13

36,500,000

Share issue costs

Dividends paid

13,14

Total comprehensive income for the 
period

-

-

-

45,260

(757)

-

-

-

-

45,260

(757)

(31,100)

(31,100)

24,517

24,517

Shareholders’ equity at 
30 June 2021

406,999,622

413,215

58,210

471,425

Shareholders’ equity at 
1 July 2019

Shares issued during the period:

Ordinary Shares to be issued in 
settlement of variable fee

Note

Number of
Ordinary Shares

Share capital
£’000

Other reserves
£’000

Retained 
earnings
£’000

Total equity
£’000

369,883,530

368,013

699

67,684

436,396

16

616,092

699

(699)

-

-

Dividends paid

13,14

Total comprehensive income for the 
period

-

-

-

-

Shareholders’ equity at 
30 June 2020

370,499,622

368,712

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

-

-

-

(31,131)

(31,131)

28,240

28,240

64,793

433,505

72ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2021

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Total comprehensive income for the period

24,517

28,240

Year ended 
30 June 2021
£’000

Note

Year ended 
30 June 2020 
£’000

Adjustments:

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/Increase in other payables and accrued expenses

Net gains on financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss

Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities*

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of investments held at fair value through
profit or loss

Receipts from investments held at fair value through
profit or loss

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

CASH FLOW (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issue of Ordinary Shares

Issue costs paid

Dividends paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

8

8

8

14

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

10

(5)

(31)

(25,181)

(700)

(44,625)

31,950

(12,675)

45,260

(757)

(31,100)

13,403

28

747

775

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

*Net cash used in operating activities includes £739,966 (2020: £725,000) of investment income.

-

50

(28,851)

(561)

-

32,161

32,161

-

-

(31,131)

(31,131)

469

278

747

73ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the Financial Statements  
for the year ended 30 June 2021

1.General information

The Company is a non-cellular company limited by shares and was incorporated 
in Guernsey under the Law on 29 May 2013 with registered number 56708 as 
a closed-ended investment company. It is regulated by the GFSC.

The  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2021  comprise  the 
financial statements of the Company only (see Note 2 (c)).

The investment objective of the Company is to provide Shareholders with an 
attractive return, principally in the form of quarterly income distributions, by being 
invested primarily in solar energy assets located in the UK. It also has the ability 
to invest a minority of its capital into wind, hydro and energy storage assets.

The Company has appointed Bluefield Partners LLP as its Investment Adviser.

2. Accounting policies

a) Basis of preparation 
The financial statements included in this annual report have been presented 
on a true and fair basis and prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by 
the EU and the DTRs of the UK FCA. 

These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  under  the  historical  cost 
convention  with  the  exception  of  financial  assets  measured  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss, and in compliance with the provisions of the Law. 

Standards, interpretations and amendments to published 
standards adopted in the period
The  Company  has  not  adopted  any  new  standards,  amendments  or 
interpretations to existing standards in the accounting period.

New and Revised Standards
The  Company  has  not  adopted  any  new  standards,  amendments  or 
interpretations to existing standards because none applicable to the Company 
have been published in the accounting period.

The  Company  has  not  adopted  early  any  standards,  amendments  or 
interpretations  to  existing  standards  that  have  been  published  and  will  be 
mandatory for the Company’s accounting periods beginning after 1 July 2021 
or later periods.

74New Standards

Revised and amended standards

IFRS 3

Business Combinations amendments

IFRS 7

Financial Instruments (Disclosures amendments)

IFRS 9                                 

Financial Instruments (Amendments regarding pre-
replacement issues in the context of the LIBOR reform)

IAS 1

IAS 8

Presentation of Financial Statements (Amendments 
regarding the definition of material)

Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and 
Errors (Amendments regarding the definition of material)

IAS 39

Financial Instruments (Recognition and Measurement 
amendment)

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, certain new 
standards, and amendments to existing standards have been published 
by the IASB that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early 
by the Company.

The  Board  expects  that  all  relevant  pronouncements  will  be  adopted 
in  the  Company’s  accounting  policies  for  the  first  period  beginning 
after  the  effective  date  of  the  pronouncement.  New  standards, 
interpretations and amendments are not expected to have a material 
impact on the Company’s financial statements.

b) Going concern
At  30  June  2021,  the  Company  had  invested  in  106  solar  plants, 
committing £760.2 million to SPV investments. The Company, through 
its direct subsidiary, BSIFIL, has access to a RCF which together with 
the  net  income  generated  by  the  acquired  projects,  are  expected 
to  allow  the  Company  to  meet  its  liquidity  needs  for  the  payment  of 
operational  expenses,  dividends  and  acquisition  of  new  solar  assets. 
The Company, through BSIFIL, expects to comply with the covenants 
of its long term loan and RCF.

in 

its  consideration  of  going  concern  has  reviewed 
The  Board 
comprehensive cash flow forecasts prepared by the Investment Adviser, 
future  projects  in  the  pipeline  including  the  successful  July  2021 
capital raise and the performance of the current solar and wind plants 
in operation and, at the time of approving the financial statements, has 
a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Company  has  adequate  resources 
to  continue  in  operational  existence  for  the  foreseeable  future  and  do 
not  consider  there  to  be  any  threat  to  the  going  concern  status  of  the 
Company.  The  current  worldwide  Coronavirus  outbreak  (Covid-19), 

declared by the World Health Organization as a global health emergency 
in  March  2020,  has  caused  disruption  to  businesses  and  economic 
activity. The Board and Investment Adviser have been closely monitoring 
this and it has been considered as part of its going concern assessment.

i) Segmental reporting 
IFRS  8  ‘Operating  Segments’  requires  a  ‘management  approach’, 
under which segment information is presented on the same basis as 
that used for internal reporting purposes.

The  Board  has  concluded  that  it  is  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

c) Accounting for subsidiaries 
The  Company  makes  its  investments  in  the  SPVs  through  its  wholly 
owned subsidiary, BSIFIL. 

In  light  of  the  December  2014  amendments  to  IFRS  10  (the 
Consolidation Exception Amendments), which clarified the scope of the 
exceptions  to  mandatory  non-consolidation  amendments,  the  Board 
considered the investment entity status of BSIFIL and concluded that 
it is, like the Company, an investment entity. As such the Company is 
not permitted to consolidate BSIFIL in the preparation of its financial 
statements  and  all  subsidiaries  are  recognised  at  fair  value  through 
profit or loss.

d) Functional and presentation currency
These  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Sterling,  which  is  the 
functional  currency  of  the  Company  as  well  as  the  presentation 
currency. The Company’s funding, investments and transactions are all 
denominated in Sterling.

e) Income 
Monitoring fee income is recognised on an accruals basis.

Interest  income  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents  is  recognised  on  an 
accruals basis using the effective interest rate method. 

f) Expenses
Operating  expenses  are  the  Company’s  costs  incurred  in  connection 
with  the  ongoing  administrative  costs  and  management  of  the 
Company’s investments. Operating expenses are accounted for on an 
accruals basis. 

g) Finance costs
Finance  costs  are  recognised  in  the  Statement  of  Comprehensive 
Income in the period to which they relate on an accruals basis using the 
effective interest rate method. Arrangement fees for finance facilities 
are amortised over the expected life of the facility.

h) Dividends
Dividends  declared  and  approved  are  charged  against  equity.  A 
corresponding liability is recognised for any unpaid dividends prior to 
year end. Dividends approved but not declared will be disclosed in the 
notes to the financial statements.

The  Board  has  considered  the  requirements  of  IFRS  8  ‘Operating 
Segments’, and is of the view that the Company is engaged in a single 
segment  of  business,  being  investment  in  UK  renewable  energy 
infrastructure assets via its holding company and SPVs, and therefore 
the Company has only a single operating segment. 

The  Board,  as  a  whole,  has  been  determined  as  constituting  the 
chief operating decision maker of the Company. The key measure of 
performance used by the Board to assess the Company’s performance 
and  to  allocate  resources  is  the  total  return  on  the  Company’s  NAV, 
as calculated under IFRS, and therefore no reconciliation is required 
between  the  measure  of  profit  or  loss  used  by  the  Board  and  that 
contained in these financial statements.

The Board has overall management and control of the Company and will 
always act in accordance with the investment policy and investment 
restrictions set out in the Company’s latest Prospectus, which cannot 
be radically changed without the approval of Shareholders. The Board 
has  delegated  the  day-to-day  implementation  of  the  investment 
strategy  to  its  Investment  Adviser  but  retains  responsibility  to 
ensure  that  adequate  resources  of  the  Company  are  directed  in 
accordance  with  their  decisions.  Although  the  Board  obtains  advice 
from the Investment Adviser, it remains responsible for making final 
decisions  in  line  with  the  Company’s  policies  and  the  Board’s  legal 
responsibilities. 

j) Financial instruments 
Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial 
liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s 
Statement of Financial Position when the Company becomes a party to 
the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

i) Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss
Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Classification
The Company’s investment in BSIFIL is accounted for as a financial asset 
rather  than  consolidated  as  the  Company  qualifies  as  an  investment 
entity  under  IFRS  10,  therefore  the  Company’s  investment  is  held  at 
fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  in  accordance  with  the  requirements 
of IFRS 9. 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS75Recognition and de-recognition
Purchases and sales of investments are recognised 
on the trade date – the date on which the Company 
commits  to  purchase  or  sell  the  investment.  A 
financial  asset  is  de-recognised  either  when  the 
Company has transferred all the risks and rewards of 
ownership; or it has neither transferred nor retained 
substantially all the risks and rewards and when it no 
longer has control over the assets or a portion of the 
asset;  or  the  contractual  right  to  receive  cash  flow 
has expired.

Measurement
Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  investment  in 
BSIFIL  is  measured  at  each  subsequent  reporting 
date  at  fair  value.  The  Company  holds  all  of 
the  shares  in  the  subsidiary,  BSIFIL,  which  is  a 
holding  vehicle  used  to  hold  the  Company’s  SPV 
investments. The Directors believe it is appropriate 
to  value  this  entity  based  on  the  fair  value  of  its 
portfolio of SPV investment assets held plus its other 
assets  and  liabilities.  The  SPV  investment  assets 
held by the subsidiary are valued semi-annually as 
described in Note 8 on a discounted cash flow basis 
which is benchmarked against market transactions. 

Gains or losses, through profit or loss, are made up of 
BSIFIL’s profit or loss, which comprises mainly cash 
receipts  from  its  SPVs,  the  fair  value  movement  of 
BSIFIL’s SPV portfolio and cash received in respect 
of  Eurobond 
interest.  Furthermore, 
cash  receipts  made  to  the  Company  by  BSIFIL  are 
accounted  for  as  a  repayment  of  loans  and  not 
reflected  in  the  Company’s  income,  apart  from 
monitoring fees (see Note 4).

instrument 

ii)  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  trade  and 
other receivables
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  on  hand 
and  short  term  deposits  with  an  original  maturity 
of three months or less that are readily convertible 
to  a  known  amount  of  cash  and  are  subject  to 
an  insignificant  risk  of  changes  in  value.  Other 
receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets 
with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not 
quoted  in  an  active  market.  These  financial  assets 
are included in current assets, except for maturities 

greater than twelve months after the reporting date, 
which  are  classified  as  non-current  assets.  They 
are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction 
costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, 
and  subsequently  carried  at  amortised  cost  using 
the effective interest rate method, less provision for 
impairment. 

iii) Financial liabilities
The  classification  of  financial  liabilities  at  initial 
recognition  depends  on  the  purpose  for  which  the 
financial liability was issued and its characteristics.

All  financial  liabilities  are  initially  recognised  at 
fair  value  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.  All 
purchases of financial liabilities are recorded on the 
trade  date,  being  the  date  on  which  the  Company 
becomes  party  to  the  contractual  requirements  of 
the financial liability. 

The  Company’s  financial  liabilities  consist  of  only 
financial liabilities measured at amortised cost.

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
These include trade payables and other short term 
monetary  liabilities,  which  are  initially  recognised 
at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method.

Derecognition of financial liabilities
A  financial 
is 
liability  (in  whole  or 
derecognised when the Company has extinguished 
its contractual obligations, it expires, or is cancelled. 
Any  gain  or  loss  on  derecognition  is  taken  to  profit 
and loss.

in  part) 

k) Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences 
a  residual  interest  in  the  assets  of  an  entity  after 
deducting  all  of  its  liabilities.  Equity  instruments 
issued  by  the  Company  are  recognised  as  the 
proceeds  received,  net  of  direct  issue  costs.  Direct 
issue  costs  include  those  incurred  in  connection 
with  the  placing  and  admission  which  include  fees 
payable  under  the  Placing  Agreement,  legal  costs 
and any other applicable expenses. 

3. Critical accounting judgements, estimates and 
assumptions in applying the Company’s accounting policies

The preparation of these financial statements under IFRS requires management 
to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of 
policies  and  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  income  and  expenses. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience 
and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, 
the results of which form the basis of making judgements about carrying values 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual 
results may differ from these estimates.

The  area  involving  a  high  degree  of  judgement  and/or  complexity  and/or  area 
where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements has 
been identified as the valuation of the Company’s investment in BSIFIL which is 
estimated predominantly on the valuation of the portfolio of investments held by 
BSIFIL (see Note 8). 

The  estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis. 
Revisions  to  accounting  estimates  are  recognised  in  the  period  in  which  the 
estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the 
revision and future period if the revision affects both current and future periods.

As disclosed in Note 8, the Board believes it is appropriate for the Company’s 
portfolio to be benchmarked on a £m/MWp basis against comparable portfolio 
transactions and on this basis a weighted average discount rate of 6.00% (6.00% 
as at 30 June 2020) has been utilised. 

Use of a blended power forecast is unchanged, but the inflation assumption at 
3% (June 2020: 3%) has been extended to June 2025 before reverting to the 
standard long term assumption of 2.75% (June 2020: 2.75%) thereafter.

The Directors’ Valuation as at 30 June 2021 is based on a weighted average life 
of the portfolio of 30.2 years (vs. 27.4 years in June 2020), reflecting both new 
acquisitions and asset life extensions.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS764. Investment income

Monitoring fee in relation to loans supplied 
(Note 16)

Year ended
30 June 2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 2020 
£’000

740

740

725

725

The Company provides monitoring and loan administration services to BSIFIL for 
which an annual fee is charged, payable in arrears.

5. Administrative expenses

Investment advisory base fee * 
(see Note 16)

Legal and professional fees

Administration fees 

Directors’ remuneration

Audit fees

Non-audit fees 

Broker fees

Regulatory Fees

Registrar fees

Insurance

Listing fees

Other expenses

Year ended
30 June 2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 2020 
£’000

363

186

319

227

74

30

50

48

51

11

21

24

321

108

302

218

134

17

50

44

45

8

31

60

1,404

1,338

*The  Investment  advisory  base  fee  is  paid  by  both  the  Company  (10%)  and  BSIFIL 
(90%). The amount shown above reflects the amount paid by the Company only. Note 
16 shows the full fee paid to the Investment Adviser.

the 

Investment Advisory Agreement 
The  Company,  BSIFIL  and 
Investment 
Adviser  have  entered  into  an  Investment  Advisory 
Agreement,  dated  24  June  2013  and  amended 
by  a  second  supplement  agreement  dated  8  July 
2020,  pursuant  to  which  the  Investment  Adviser 
has  been  given  overall  responsibility  for  the  non-
discretionary  management  of  the  Company’s  (and 
any  of  BSIFIL’s  SPVs)  assets  (including  uninvested 
cash) in accordance with the Company’s investment 
policies,  restrictions  and  guidelines.  Under  the 
terms  of  the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement,  the 
Investment  Adviser  is  entitled  to  a  base  fee.  The 
base fee is payable quarterly in arrears in cash, at a 
rate equivalent to 0.80% per annum of the NAV up 
to and including £750,000,000, 0.75% per annum 
of  the  NAV  above  £750,000,000  and  up  to  and 
including  £1,000,000,000  and  0.65%  per  annum 
of  the  NAV  above  £1,000,000,000.  The  base  fee 
will be calculated on the NAV reported in the most 
recent  quarterly  NAV  calculation  as  at  the  date  of 
payment. The variable fee, which was incurred up to 
1 July 2020, is based on the following:

(i) if in any year, the Company exceeds its distribution 
target  (7.90pps  for  the  year  ended  30  June 
2020  and  increasing  with  the  annual  RPI),  the 
Investment Adviser will be entitled to a variable 
fee  equal  to  30%  of  the  excess,  subject  to  a 
maximum  variable  fee  in  any  year  equal  to  1% 
of the NAV as at the end of the relevant financial 
year. The variable fee shall be satisfied either by 
the  issue  of  Ordinary  Shares  to  the  Investment 
Adviser at an issue price equal to the prevailing 
NAV per Ordinary Share; acquisition of Ordinary 
Shares held in treasury; or purchase of Ordinary 
Shares  in  the  market.  In  any  year,  the  Ordinary 
Shares issued to the Investment Adviser will be 
subject to a three year lock-up period, with one-
third of the relevant shares becoming free from 
the lock-up on each anniversary of their issue. 

(ii)  if  in  any  year  (excluding  the  Company’s  first 
financial  year),  the  Company  fails  to  achieve  its 
distribution target of 7 pence per Ordinary Share 
per year which will rise with the annual RPI in the 

third  year,  the  Investment  Adviser  will  repay  its 
base fee in proportion by which the actual annual 
distribution  per  Ordinary  Share  is  less  than 
the  target  distribution,  subject  to  a  maximum 
repayment in any year equal to 35% of the base 
fee calculated prior to any deduction being made. 
The  repayment  will  be  split  equally  across  the 
four  quarters  in  the  following  financial  year  and 
will be set off against the quarterly management 
fees  payable  to  the  Investment  Adviser  in  that 
following financial year.

On  11  June  2014,  BSIFIL  entered  into  a  Technical 
Services  Agreement  with  the  Investment  Adviser, 
with a retrospective effective date of 25 June 2013, 
in order to delegate the provision of the consultancy 
services to the Investment Adviser in its capacity as 
technical adviser to the SPVs. On the same date, 11 
June 2014, the Group entered into a base fee offset 
arrangement  agreement,  whereby  the  aggregate 
technical services fee and base fee payable (under 
the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement)  shall  not 
exceed the base fee that would otherwise have been 
payable  to  the  Investment  Adviser  in  accordance 
with  the  Investment  Advisory  Agreement  had  no 
fees  been  payable  under  the  Technical  Services 
Agreement.

The  fees  incurred  for  the  period  and  the  amount 
outstanding at the period end have been disclosed 
in Note 16. 

Shareholders approved revisions to the Investment 
Adviser’s  base  fee  and  removal  of  the  Adviser’s 
variable fee which apply from 1 July 2020 onwards. 
The base fee is payable quarterly in arrears in cash, 
at a rate equivalent to 0.8% per annum of the NAV 
up  to  and  including  £750,000,000,  0.75%  per 
annum  of  the  NAV  above  £750,000,000  and  up 
to  and  including  £1,000,000,000  and  0.65%  per 
annum of the NAV above £1,000,000,000. The base 
fee  will  be  calculated  on  the  NAV  reported  in  the 
most recent quarterly NAV calculation as at the date 
of payment.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS77Administration Agreement 
The Administrator has been appointed to provide day-to-day administration and 
company secretarial services to the Company, as set out in the Administration 
Agreement dated 24 June 2013.

Under  the  terms  of  the  Administration  Agreement,  the  Administrator  is 
entitled  to  an  annual  fee,  at  a  rate  equivalent  to  10  basis  points  of  NAV  up  to 
and  including  £100,000,000,  7.5  basis  points  of  NAV  above  £100,000,000 
and up to and including £200,000,000 and 5.0 basis points of the NAV above 
£200,000,000,  subject  to  a  minimum  fee  of  £100,000  per  annum.  The  fees 
are for the administration, accounting, corporate secretarial services, corporate 
governance,  regulatory  compliance  and  stock  exchange  continuing  obligations 
provided to the Company. In addition, the Administrator will receive an annual 
fee of £7,500 and £3,000 for the provision of a compliance officer and money 
laundering reporting officer, respectively. 

The  Administrator  will  also  be  entitled  to  an  investment  related  transaction 
fee  charged  on  a  time  spent  basis,  which  is  capped  at  a  total  of  £5,000  per 
investment  related  transaction.  All  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  incurred 
by the Administrator in accordance with this agreement are reimbursed to the 
Administrator quarterly in arrears.

The Administrator will also be entitled to a fee of £5,000 per annum in relation to 
the administration of the Company’s Guernsey Green Fund Status.

For the year ended 30 June 2021, the Company incurred fees to the administrator 
of  £319,331  (2020:  £302,444)  of  which  £89,438  (2020:  £73,523)  was 
outstanding at year-end.

6. Taxation

The  Company  has  obtained  exempt  status  under  the  Income  Tax  (Exempt 
Bodies)  (Guernsey)  Ordinance  1989  for  which  it  paid  an  annual  fee  of  £1,200 
(2020: £1,200) (included within regulatory fees).

The income from the Company’s investments is not subject to any further tax in 
Guernsey although the subsidiary and underlying SPVs, as UK based entities, are 
subject to the current prevailing UK corporation tax rate. The standard rate of UK 
corporation tax is 19%. 

7. Net asset value per Ordinary Share

The calculation of NAV per Ordinary Share is based on NAV of £471,424,833 (2020: £433,504,651) and the 
number of shares in issue at 30 June 2021 of 406,999,622 (2020: 370,499,622) Ordinary Shares. 

8. Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss

The Company’s accounting policy on the measurement of these financial assets is discussed in Note 2(j)(i) 
and below.

30 June 2021
Total £’000

30 June 2020
Total £’000

Opening balance (Level 3)

432,426 

435,736 

Additions – funds passed to BSIFIL

Change in fair value of financial assets 
held at fair value through profit or loss

44,625

(6,769)

-

(3,310)

Closing balance (Level 3)

470,282

432,426

Analysis of net gains on financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss (per statement of 
comprehensive income

YYear ended
30 June 2021
£’000

Year ended
30 June 2020
£’000

Unrealised change in fair value of financial assets 
held at fair value through profit or loss

Cash receipts from non-consolidated subsidiary*

(6,769)

31,950

(3,310)

32,161

Net gains on financial assets held at 
fair value through profit or loss

25,181

28,851

*Comprising of repayment of Loans and Eurobond interest

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS78Investments at fair value through profit or loss comprise the fair value 
of the SPV investment portfolio held by BSIFIL, the Company’s single 
direct subsidiary, which is valued semi-annually by the Directors, and 
the  fair  value  of  BSIFIL’s  cash,  working  capital  and  debt  balances.  A 
reconciliation of the SPV investment portfolio value to financial assets 
at fair value through profit or loss shown on the Statement of Financial 
Position is also shown on page 70.

SPV investment portfolio, 
Directors’ Valuation

BSIFIL

 Cash 

30 June 2021
Total
 £’000

30 June 2020 
Total 
£’000

694,543

624,269           

22,542          

16,918          

 Working capital 

3,754          

4,012          

 Debt

(250,557)

(212,773)

(224,261)

(191,843)

Financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss

470,282

432,426

Fair value measurements
IFRS  13  ‘Fair  Value  Measurement’  requires  disclosure  of  fair  value 
measurement  by  level.  The  level  of  fair  value  hierarchy  within  the 
financial assets or financial liabilities is determined on the basis of the 
lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement. 
Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety 
into only one of the three levels.

The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

•  Level 2    –  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  Level  1 
that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly (i.e. as 
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  Level  3  –  inputs  for  assets  or  liabilities  that  are  not  based  on 

observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The determination of what constitutes ‘observable’ requires significant 
judgement  by  the  Company.  The  Company  considers  observable 
data  to  be  market  data  that  is  readily  available,  regularly  distributed 
or  updated,  reliable  and  verifiable,  not  proprietary,  and  provided  by 
independent sources that are actively involved in the relevant market.

The  only  financial  instrument  carried  at  fair  value  is  the  investment 
held  by  the  Company,  BSIFIL,  which  is  fair  valued  at  each  reporting 
date. The Company’s investment has been classified within Level 3 as 
BSIFIL’s investments are not traded and contain unobservable inputs. 

Transfers during the period
There  have  been  no  transfers  between  levels  during  the  year  ended 
30  June  2021.  Any  transfers  between  the  levels  will  be  accounted 
for  on  the  last  day  of  each  financial  period.  Due  to  the  nature  of  the 
investments, these are always expected to be classified as Level 3.

Directors’ Valuation methodology and process
The  same  valuation  methodology  and  process  for  operational  solar 
plants  is  followed  in  these  financial  statements  as  was  applied  in  the 
preparation of the Company’s financial statements for the year ended 30 
June 2020. Solar plants under construction and not yet operational are 
valued at cost and exclude acquisition costs which are expensed in the 
period in which they are incurred, whilst investments that are operational 
are valued on a DCF basis over the life of the asset (typically more than 
25  years)  and,  under  the  ‘willing  buyer-willing  seller’  methodology, 
prudently  benchmarked  on  a  £/MWp  basis  against  comparable 
transactions for large scale portfolios. 

Each  investment  is  subject  to  full  UK  corporate  taxation  at  the 
prevailing rate with the tax shield being limited to the applicable capital 
allowances from the Company’s SPV investments.

•  Level 1   – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical 

assets or liabilities;

The key inputs to a DCF based approach are: the equity discount rate, 
the cost of debt (influenced by interest rate, gearing level and length 
of  debt),  power  price  forecasts,  long  term  inflation  rates,  asset  life, 

irradiation  forecasts,  operational  costs  and  taxation.  Given  discount 
rates  are  a  product  of  not  only  the  factors  listed  previously  but  also 
regulatory  support,  perceived  sector  risk  and  competitive  tensions,  it 
is not unusual for discount rates to change over time. Evidence of this 
is shown by way of the revisions to the original discount rates applied 
between the first UK solar investments and those witnessed in the past 
twelve months. 

Given discount rates are subjective, there is sensitivity within these to 
the interpretation of factors outlined above.

Judgement is used by the Board in maintaining the weighted average 
discount rate at 6.00% as at 30 June 2021 with three key factors that 
have impacted the adoption of this rate outlined below:

a.  Transaction values have remained consistent at ca. £1.20m-£1.40m/
MWp.  for  large  scale  portfolios  and  which  the  Board  have  used  to 
determine that an effective price of £1.24m/MWp is an appropriate 
basis for the valuation of the BSIF portfolio as at 30 June 2021;

b.  Inclusion  of  the  latest  long  term  power  forecasts  from  the 

Company’s three providers. 

c.  Inclusion of an uplift with respect to asset extensions of 15 years on 

a subset (490MWp) of the portfolio.

In order to smooth the sensitivity of the valuation to forecast timing or 
opinion  taken  by  a  single  forecast,  the  Board  continues  to  adopt  the 
application  of  a  blended  power  curve  from  leading  forecasters.  For 
the year ended 30 June 2020, the Company adopted a third provider, 
having previously used two, upon recommendation by its Investment 
Adviser and approval by the Board and has continued doing so for the 
year ended 30 June 2021.

The  fair  value  of  operational  SPVs  are  calculated  on  a  discounted 
cash  flow  basis  in  accordance  with  the  IPEV  Valuation  Guidelines. 
The  Investment  Adviser  produces  fair  value  calculations  on  a  semi-
annual basis as at 30 June and 31 December each year. Previously, in 
every third year, the Board had an external valuation or benchmarking 
exercise performed by an independent expert. Based on the availability 
of market data, the Board does not intend to continue this practice and 
will ask for an external valuation to be carried out from time to time at 
its discretion.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS799.Trade and other receivables

Sensitivity analysis
The table below analyses the sensitivity of the fair value of the Directors’ Valuation to an individual input, 
while all other variables remain constant. 

The Directors consider the changes in inputs to be within a reasonable range based on their understanding 
of market transactions. This is not intended to imply that the likelihood of change or that possible changes in 
value would be restricted to this range. 

CURRENT ASSETS

Income from investments 

Other receivables

Prepayments

30 June 2021
(£’000)

30 June 2020
(£’000)

740

13

20

773

725

12

31

768

Input

Change in input

30 JUNE 2021

30 JUNE 2020

Change in 
fair value of 
Directors’ 
Valuation £m

Change in NAV 
per share
(pence)

Change in 
fair value of 
Directors’ 
Valuation £m

Change in NAV 
per share
(pence)

There are no material past due or impaired receivable balances outstanding at the period end.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of all receivables approximates to their 
fair value.

Discount rate

Power prices

Inflation rate

Energy yield

Operational 
costs

Asset Life

 + 0.5% 

(16.0)

 - 0.5% 

+10%

-10%

17.1

41.4

(3.93)

4.20

10.17

(24.0)

(6.48)

25.7

31.5

6.94

8.50

(43.5)

(10.69)

(32.0)

(8.64)

 + 0.25% 

14.2

3.49

 - 0.25% 

(13.9)

(3.42)

9.8

(9.5)

2.65

(2.56)

 10 year P90 

(66.6)

(16.36)

(51.8)

(13.98)

 10 year P10 

+10%

-10%

+5 Years

65.9

(8.3)

8.3

14.0

16.19

(2.04)

2.04

3.44

51.4

(6.2)

6.2

17.2

13.87

(1.67)

1.67

4.64

10. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  held  by  the  Company  and  short  term  bank 
deposits held with maturities of up to three months. The carrying amount of these assets 
as at 30 June 2021 was £775,016 (2020: £746,501) and approximated their fair value. 
Cash  held  by  BSIFIL,  the  Company’s  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  as  at  30  June  2021  is 
shown in Note 8

-5 Years

(23.0)

(5.65)

(26.3)

(7.10)

BOL AT LITTLE BEAR

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS80 
11. Other payables and accrued expenses

13. Share capital

30 June 2021
£’000

30 June 2020
£’000

The  authorised  share  capital  of  the  Company  is  represented  by  an 
unlimited number of Ordinary Shares of no par value which, upon issue, 
the Directors may designate into such classes and denominate in such 
currencies as they may determine.

CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Investment advisory fees

Administration fees 

Audit fees

Directors’ fees

Other payables

89

89

85

60

82

405

78

74

135

57

92

436

The Company has financial risk management policies in place to ensure 
that all payables are paid within the agreed credit period. The Directors 
consider that the carrying amounts of all payables approximate to their 
fair value.

Number of Ordinary Shares

Year ended 
30 June 2021
Number

Year ended 
30 June 2020
Number

Opening balance

370,499,622

369,883,530

Shares issued for cash

36,500,000

-

Shares issued as settlement of 
variable fee

-

616,092

Closing balance

406,999,622

370,499,622

Shareholders’ Equity

Year ended 
30 June 2021
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2020
£’000

Opening balance

433,505

436,396

12. Earnings per share

Profit attributable to 
Shareholders of the Company

Weighted average number of 
Ordinary shares

Ordinary Shares issued for cash

45,260

Share issue costs

(757)

Year ended 
30 June 2021

Year ended 
30 June 2020

Ordinary Shares issued in 
settlement of variable fee

£24,517,576

£28,239,647

Ordinary Shares to be issued in 
settlement of variable fee

-

-

-

-

699

(699)

392,299,622

370,203,359

Dividends paid

(31,100)

(31,131)

Basic and diluted earnings from 
continuing operations and profit 
for the year (pence per share)

6.25

7.63

Retained earnings

24,517

28,240

Closing balance

471,425

433,505

On  24  November  2020,  the  Company  issued  36,500,000  new 
Ordinary Shares at a price of £1.24 per share raising gross proceeds of 

£45,260,000. On 21 July 2021, the Company announced the issue of 
89,067,980 new Ordinary Shares, at a price of £1.18 per ordinary share, 
raising gross proceeds of approximately £105.1 million. Following the 
issue, the number of ordinary shares that the Company has in issue is 
496,067,602.

Rights attaching to shares
The Company has a single class of Ordinary Shares, which are entitled 
to  dividends  declared  by  the  Company.  At  any  general  meeting  of 
the  Company,  each  ordinary  Shareholder  is  entitled  to  have  one  vote 
for  each  share  held.  The  Ordinary  Shareholders  also  have  the  right 
to  receive  all  income  attributable  to  those  shares  and  participate  in 
distributions made and such income shall be divided pari passu among 
the holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion to the number of Ordinary 
Shares held by them.

14. Dividends

On  24  July  2020,  the  Board  declared  a  third  interim  dividend  of 
£7,224,743, in respect of the year ended 30 June 2020, equating to 
1.95pps (third interim dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 
2019: 1.90pps), which was paid on 21 August 2020 to Shareholders 
on the register on 7 August 2020.

On 22 September 2020, the Board declared a fourth interim dividend 
of £7,595,242, in respect of the year ended 30 June 2020, equating to 
2.05pps (fourth interim dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 
2019: 2.61pps), which was paid on 28 October 2020 to Shareholders 
on the register on 2 October 2020.

On  22  January  2021,  the  Board  declared  a  first  interim  dividend  of 
£8,139,992  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  30  June  2021,  equating  to 
2.00pps  (first  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  30  June 
2020: 1.95pps), which was paid on 1 March 2021 to Shareholders on 
the register on 5 February 2021.

On  5  May  2021,  the  Board  declared  a  second  interim  dividend  of 
£8,139,992, in respect of the year ended 30 June 2021, equating to 
2.00pps (second interim dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 
2020: 1.95pps), which was paid on 4 June 2021 to Shareholders on 
the register as at 14 May 2021.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS81Post  year  end,  on  7  July  2021,  the  Board  declared  a  third  interim 
dividend  of  £8,139,992,  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  30  June  2021, 
equating  to  2.00pps  (third  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  the  year 
ended 30 June 2020: 1.95pps), which was paid on 4 August 2021 to 
Shareholders on the register on 16 July 2021.

Market price risk
Market  price  risk  is  defined  as  the  risk  that  the  fair  value  of  future 
cash flows of a financial instrument held by the Company, in particular 
through  the  Company’s  subsidiary,  BSIFIL,  will  fluctuate  because  of 
changes in market prices. 

Floating rate 
RBSI

Fixed rate 
Lloyds

Post year end, on 4 October 2021, the Board approved a fourth interim 
dividend  of  £9,921,352  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  30  June  2021, 
equating  to  2.00pps  (fourth  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  the  year 
ended 30 June 2020: 2.05pps), which will be declared on 5 October 
2021 and paid on or around 8 November 2021 to Shareholders on the 
register on 15 October 2021. 

15. Risk management policies and procedures

The Company is exposed to a variety of financial risks, including market 
risk (including price risk, currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk, 
liquidity risk and portfolio operational risk. The Investment Adviser and 
the Administrator report to the Board on a quarterly basis and provide 
information  to  the  Company  which  allows  it  to  monitor  and  manage 
financial risks relating to its operations. 

Market price risk will arise from changes in electricity prices whenever 
PPAs  expire  and  are  renewed.  The  timing  of  these  is  staggered  to 
minimise risk.

BSIFIL’s future SPV investments are subject to fluctuations in the price 
of secondary assets which could have a material adverse effect on the 
BSIFIL’s ability to source projects that meet its investment criteria and 
consequently its business, financial position, results of operations and 
business prospects.

The Company’s overall market position is monitored by the Investment 
Adviser and is reviewed by the Board of Directors on an ongoing basis.

Currency risk
The Company does not have any direct currency risk exposure as all its 
investments and transactions are in Sterling. The Company is however 
indirectly  exposed  to  currency  risk  on  future  equipment  purchases, 
made through BSIFIL’s SPVs, where equipment is imported.

The  Company’s  overall  risk  management  programme  focuses  on  the 
unpredictability of financial markets and government energy policy and 
seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial 
performance, as referenced in the Principal and Emerging Risks section 
in the Strategic Report.

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments and 
related income from the cash and cash equivalents will fluctuate due to 
changes in market interest rates. 

The  Board  is  ultimately  responsible  for  the  overall  risk  management 
approach within the Company. The Board has established procedures 
for  monitoring  and  controlling  risk.  The  Company  has  investment 
guidelines that set out its overall business strategies, its tolerance for 
risk and its general risk management philosophy.

In addition, the Investment Adviser monitors and measures the overall 
risk bearing capacity in relation to the aggregate risk exposure across 
all risk types and activities. Further details regarding these policies are 
set out below:

The  Company  is  also  exposed,  through  BSIFIL,  to  interest  rate  risk 
via BSIFIL’s index-linked element of its long-term debt facility (£61.1 
million at 70 bps plus RPI as at 30 June 2021).

The  Company’s  interest  bearing  financial  assets  consist  of  cash  and 
cash  equivalents.  The  interest  rates  on  the  short  term  bank  deposits 
are  fixed  and  do  not  fluctuate  significantly  with  changes  in  market 
interest rates. 

The  following  table  shows  the  portfolio  profile  of  the  financial  assets 
at year end:

Interest rate

Total as at 
30 June 2021
(£’000)

0.00%

0.00%

272

503

775

Interest rate

Total as at 
30 June 2020
(£’000)

0.00%

0.25%

443

304

747 

Floating rate 
RBSI

Fixed rate 
Lloyds

The  valuation  of  BSIFIL’s  SPV  investments  is  subject  to  variation  in 
the discount rate, which are themselves subject to changes in interest 
rate risk due to the discount rates applied to the discounted cash flow 
technique  when  valuing  the  investments.  The  Investment  Adviser 
reviews the discount rates semi-annually and takes into consideration 
market activity to ensure appropriate discount rates are recommended 
to the Board. The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on the Directors’ 
Valuation of £694.5m (2020: £624.3m).

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts 
in full when due. BSIFIL’s SPVs have entered into turnkey EPC contracts 
with  contractors  for  the  design  and  construction  of  the  solar  plants. 
Payments advanced to the contractors in accordance with the terms of 
the EPC contracts are protected through performance bonds or titles to 
assets for amounts greater than any payment made. At the reporting 
date  BSIFIL’s  SPVs  held  performance  bonds  totalling  £1,411,977 
(2020:  £4,286,334)  with  banks  that  have  a  credit  rating  which  is  of 
investment grade.

The Company’s credit risk exposure is due to a portion of the Company’s 
assets being held as cash and cash equivalents and accrued interest. 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS82The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents and borrowings 
across two different banking groups to diversify credit risk. The total 
exposure  to  credit  risk  arises  from  default  of  the  counterparty  and 
the carrying amounts of financial assets best represent the maximum 
credit risk exposure at the period end date. As at 30 June 2021, the 
maximum credit risk exposure in relation to cash and cash equivalents 
held  by  the  Company  was  £775,016  (2020:  £746,501).  If  the  cash 
and  cash  equivalents  held  by  BSIFIL  are  included  this  increases  to 
£23,316,642  (2020:  £17,664,313).  All  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
held  by  the  Company  and  BSIFIL  is  with  banks  that  have  a  credit 
rating which is of investment grade.

RBSI

Lloyds

RBSI

Lloyds

Cash
(£’000)

Fixed deposit
(£’000)

Total as at 
30 June 2021
(£’000)

272

-

272

-

503

503

272

503

775

Cash
(£’000)

Fixed deposit
(£’000)

Total as at 
30 June 2020
(£’000)

443

-

443

-

304

304

443

304

747

The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  Company  will  not  be  able  to  meet 
its  liabilities  as  they  fall  due.  The  Investment  Adviser  and  the  Board 
continuously monitor forecasted and actual cash flows from operating, 
financing and investing activities.

As the Company’s investments, through BSIFIL, are in the SPVs, which 
are private companies that are not publicly listed, the return from these 
investments is dependent on the income generated or the disposal of 
solar assets by the SPVs and will take time to realise.

The following table details the Company’s expected maturity for its financials assets and liabilities. These are 
undiscounted contractual cash flows:

Less than one 
year
(£’000)

Between one and 
five years
(£’000)

After five years
(£’000)

Total as at 
30 June 2021
(£’000)

ASSETS

Financial assets held at fair val-
ue through profit or loss*

Trade and other receivables**

Cash and cash equivalents

LIABILITIES

Other payables and accrued 
expenses

-

753

775

(405)

1,123

-

-

-

-

-

259,438

259,438

-

-

-

753

775

(405)

259,438

260,561

*  the Company passes debt to BSIFIL under loan agreements; as at the year end there is an additional amount of 

non-contractual cash which is not reflected above

** excluding prepayments

As  part  of  the  long  term  financing  terms  provided  by  Aviva  Investors  to  BSIFIL,  the  lender  has  a  security 
package which includes a charge over the shares in BSIFIL and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

ASSETS

Financial assets held at fair 
value through profit or loss*

Trade and other receivables**

Cash and cash equivalents

LIABILITIES

Other payables and accrued 
expenses

Less than one 
year
(£’000)

Between one and 
five years
(£’000)

After five years
(£’000)

Total as at 
30 June 2020
(£’000)

-

737

747

(436)

1,048

-

-

-

-

-

241,321

241,321

-

-

-

737

747

(436)

241,321

242,369

The Company, through BSIFIL, expects to comply with the covenants 
of its long term loan and revolving credit facility.

non-contractual cash which is not reflected above

** excluding prepayments

*   the Company passes debt to BSIFIL under loan agreements; as at the year end there is an additional amount of 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS83Portfolio operational risk
Portfolio operational risk is defined as the risk that solar assets perform 
below  expectation  after  acquisition  and  revenue  received  from  the 
sale  of  electricity  is  reduced.  This  risk  is  mitigated  by  BSL  ensuring 
that  operation  and  maintenance  contractors  are  compliant  with  their 
contractual  obligations  including  reaction  times,  maintenance  plans 
and service levels.

Concentrations of risk
Concentrations of risk arise from financial instruments that have similar 
characteristics  and  are  affected  similarly  by  changes  in  economic  or 
other  conditions.  The  concentrations  of  the  Company’s  solar  assets 
by  geography,  construction  contractor  and  revenue  type  are  shown 
on  pages  8  to  9.  This  analysis  forms  an  integral  part  of  the  financial 
statements.

Capital management policies and procedures
The Company’s capital management objectives are to ensure that the 
Company will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising 
the capital return to equity Shareholders. 

In  accordance  with  the  Company’s  investment  policy,  the  Company’s 
principal use of cash (including the proceeds of the IPO, placings and 
the loan facility) is to fund BSIFIL’s projects, as well as expenses related 
to  the  share  issue  when  they  occur,  ongoing  operational  expenses 
and  payment  of  dividends  and  other  distributions  to  Shareholders  in 
accordance with the Company’s dividend policy.

The Board, with the assistance of the Investment Adviser, monitors and 
reviews  the  broad  structure  of  the  Company’s  capital  on  an  ongoing 
basis.

The Company has no imposed capital requirements. 

The capital structure of the Company consists of issued share capital 
and retained earnings.

16. Related party transactions and Directors’ 

remuneration

In  the  opinion  of  the  Directors,  the  Company  has  no  immediate  or 
ultimate controlling party.

The Chairman is entitled to an annual remuneration of £62,500 (2020: 
£60,000). The other Directors are entitled to an annual remuneration of 

£39,000 (2020: £37,500). Paul Le Page receives an additional annual 
fee  of  £8,000  (2020:  £7,500)  for  acting  as  Chairman  of  the  Audit 
Committee. The Board will review all Directors’ remuneration annually.

Fees paid during the period by SPVs to BOL, a company which has the 
same ownership as that of the Investment Adviser totalled £3,471,624 
(2020: £3,159,791). BOL provides O&M and other services relating to the 
operation of daily management activities of the solar project companies.

The total Directors’ fees expense for the period amounted to £226,500 
(2020: £217,500) of which £59,750 was outstanding at 30 June 2021 
(2020: £57,375). 

At 30 June 2021, the number of Ordinary Shares held by each Director 
is as follows:

John Rennocks*

John Scott*

Laurence McNairn

Paul Le Page

Meriel Lenfestey

2021 Number of
Ordinary Shares

2020 Number of
Ordinary Shares

316,011 

512,436

441,764 

35,000

-

316,011 

512,436

441,764 

70,000

-

1,305,211

1,340,211

*Including shares held by PCAs

John  Scott  and  John  Rennocks  are  Directors  of  BSIFIL.  They  receive 
an annual fee of £6,250 (2020: £6,000) each for their services to this 
company.  Neil  Wood  and  James  Armstrong,  who  are  partners  of  the 
Investment Adviser, are also Directors of BSIFIL. 

The  Company  and  BSIFIL’s  investment  advisory  fees  for  the  year 
amounted  to  £3,764,777  (2020:  £3,368,872)  of  which  £299,763 
(2020: £255,331) was outstanding at the year end. James Armstrong, 
Giovanni Teranova and Neil Wood, who are partners of the Investment 
Adviser, hold a 0.05%, 0.09% and 0.01% interest in the Company as at 
30 June 2021, respectively.

Fees paid during the period by SPVs to BSL, a company which has the 
same ownership as that of the Investment Adviser totalled £2,914,444 
(2020:  £2,358,016).  BSL  provides  asset  management  and  other 
services relating to the operation of daily management activities of the 
solar project companies.

Fees paid during the period by SPVs to BRD, a company which has the 
same  ownership  as  that  of  the  Investment  Adviser,  totalled  £85,500 
(2020:  £nil).  BRD  locates  and  manages  a  pipeline  of  development 
projects for the Company

The Company’s monitoring fee income received from BSIFIL amounted 
to £739,966 (2020: £725,000) of which £739,966 was outstanding at 
the year end (2020: £725,000). 

17. Subsequent events

The  following  events  happened  after  the  end  of  the  Company’s 
reporting period on 30th June 

Post  year  end,  on  7  July  2021,  the  Board  declared  a  third  interim 
dividend  of  £8,139,992,  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  30  June  2021, 
equating  to  2.00pps  (third  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  the  year 
ended 30 June 2020: 1.95pps), which was paid on 4 August 2021 to 
Shareholders on the register on 16 July 2021.

On 21 July 2021, the Company announced the issue of 89,067,980 new 
Ordinary  Shares,  at  a  price  of  £1.18  per  ordinary  share,  raising  gross 
proceeds  of  approximately  £105.1  million.  Following  the  issue,  the 
number of ordinary shares that the Company has in issue is 496,067,602.

On  16  August  2021,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  109 
small  scale  UK  onshore  wind  turbines  for  approximately  £63  million. 
The acquisition has been structured to provide the Company with the 
opportunity to re-power 17 of the wind turbines comprised within the 
new  wind  portfolio.  A  further  acquisition  that  was  announced  at  the 
same time represents the grid connection and associated land of a fully 
consented, ready to build 45MWp solar asset and co-located 25MWp 
battery project for approximately £5 million.

Post year end, on 4 October 2021, the Board approved a fourth interim 
dividend  of  £9,921,352  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  30  June  2021, 
equating  to  2.00pps  (fourth  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  the  year 
ended 30 June 2020: 2.05pps), which will be declared on 5 October 
2021 and paid on or around 8 November 2021 to Shareholders on the 
register on 15 October 2021. 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS84Glossary of Defined Terms

Administrator  
AGM  
AIC  
AIC Code  

AIF  
AIFM  
AIFMD  

Articles  

Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited
The Annual General Meeting
The Association of Investment Companies
The Association of Investment Companies Code of 
Corporate Governance
Alternative Investment Fund
Alternative Investment Fund Manager
The Alternative Investment Fund Management 
Directive
The Memorandum of 29 May 2013 as amended 
and Articles of Incorporation as adopted by special 
resolution on 7 November 2016

Auditor  
Aviva Investors  

KPMG Channel Islands Limited (see KPMG)
Aviva Investors Limited

BEIS  

BEPS  
Bluefield  
Bluefield Group  
BOL  
Board  
BRD  
Brexit  
BSIF  
BSIFIL  

BSL  
BSUoS 

Business days  

The Department for Business, Energy and 
Industrial Strategy
Base erosion and profit shifting
Bluefield Partners LLP
Bluefield Partners LLP and Bluefield Companies 
Bluefield Operations Limited
The Directors of the Company
Bluefield Renewable Developments Ltd 
Departure of the UK from the EU
Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
Bluefield SIF Investments Limited being the only 
direct subsidiary of the Company
Bluefield Asset Management Services Limited
Balancing Services Use of System charges: costs 
set to ensure that network companies can recover 
their allowed revenue under Ofgem price controls
Every official working day of the week, generally 
Monday to Friday excluding public holidays

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS85CAGR 
Calculation Time 

CCC 
CfD 
Company  
Companies Law 

Compound annual growth rate
The Calculation Time as set out in the Articles of 
Incorporation
Committee on Climate Change
Contract for Difference
Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited
The Companies (Guernsey) Law 2008, as amended 
(see Law)

Consolidation Exception   The 18 December 2014 further amendments
Amendments 
 to IFRS 10 Investment Entities: Applying the 
Consolidation Exception (Amendments to IFRS 10, 
IFRS 12 and IAS 28)

The blended cost of debt reflecting fixed and index-
linked elements 
Carbon Dioxide emissions
Common Reporting Standard 
Ordinary Shares approved for issue at no par value 
in the Company
Corporate Social Responsibility

GWh 
GWp 

IAS 
IASB 
IFRS 

Cost of debt  

CO2e  
CRS 
C shares  

CSR 

DCF 
DECC 
Defect Risk  

Directors’ Valuation 

DNO 
DSCR 
DTR 

EBITDA  

EGM 
EIS 
EPC 
EPS 
ESG 
EU 
EV 

Discounted Cash Flow 
Department of Energy and Climate Change
An over-reliance on limited equipment 
manufacturers which could lead to large proportions 
of the portfolio suffering similar defects

Gross value of the SPV investments held by 
BSIFIL, including their holding companies
Distribution Network Operator
Debt Service Cover Ratio 
The Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules of the UK’s FCA

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation 
Extraordinary General Meeting
Enterprise Investment Scheme
Engineering, Procurement & Construction 
Earning per share
Environmental, Social & Governance
The European Union 
Enterprise valuation

FAC 
FATCA 
Financial Statements 
FiT 

Final Acceptance Certificate
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
The audited  annual financial statements
Feed-in Tariff

GAV 
GFSC  
Group 

Guernsey Code 

Gross Asset Value  
The Guernsey Financial Services Commission
Bluefield Solar Income Fund Limited and Bluefield 
SIF Investments Limited
The Guernsey Financial Services Commission 
Finance Sector Code of Corporate Governance
Gigawatt hour
Gigawatt peak

International Accounting Standard
The International Accounting Standards Board
International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the EU
Bluefield Partners LLP

Investment Adviser  
IPEV Valuation Guidelines   The International Private Equity and Venture 

IPO  
IRR 
IVSC 

KID 
KPI 
KPMG 
kWh 
kWp 

Law 

LD 
LIBOR 
Listing Rules 

Lloyds 
LSE 
LTF 

Capital Valuation Guidelines 
Initial public offering
Internal Rate of Return
International Valuation Standards Council

Key Information Document
Key Performance Indicators
KPMG Channel Islands Limited (see Auditor)
Kilowatt hour
Kilowatt peak

Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 as amended (see 
Companies Law)
Liquidated damages
London Interbank Offered Rate
The set of FCA rules which must be followed by all 
companies listed in the UK
Lloyds Bank Group plc
London Stock Exchange plc
Long term facility provided by Aviva Investors Limited

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS86Main Market 
MW 
MWh 
MWp 

Natwest 
NAV 
NMPI 

The main securities market of the LSE
Megawatt (a unit of power equal to one million watts)
Megawatt hour
Megawatt peak

RBSI 
RCF 
RO Scheme 

NatWest International plc 
Net Asset Value as defined in the prospectus
Non-mainstream Pooled Investments and Special 
Purpose Vehicles and the rules around their 
financial promotion

NPPR 

The AIFMD National Private Placement Regime

O&M 
Official List 

Ofgem 
Ordinary Shares 

Outage Risk 

Operation and Maintenance
The Premium Segment of the UK Listing 
Authority’s Official List
Office of Gas and Electricity Markets
The issued ordinary share capital of the Company, 
of which there is only one class
A higher proportion of large capacity assets hold 
increased exposure to material losses due to 
curtailments and periods of outage

ROC 
ROC recycle 

RPI 

SPA 
SDG 
SPVs 

Royal Bank of Scotland International plc 
Revolving Credit Facility
The Renewable Obligation Scheme which is the 
financial mechanism by which the UK Government 
incentivises the deployment of large-scale 
renewable electricity generation by placing a 
mandatory requirement on licensed UK electricity 
suppliers to source a specified and annually 
increasing proportion of the electricity they supply 
to customers from eligible renewable sources, or 
pay a penalty

Renewable Obligation Certificates
The payment received by generators from the 
redistribution of the buy-out fund. Payments are 
made into the buy-out fund when suppliers do not 
have sufficient ROCs to cover their obligation

The Retail Price Index

Share Purchase Agreement
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals
The Special Purpose Vehicles which hold the 
Company’s investment portfolio of underlying 
operating assets

Sterling  

The Great British pound currency

P10  
P90 
PCA 
PPA 
pps 
PR 

PRIIPS 

PV 

Irradiation estimate exceeded with 10% probability
Irradiation estimate exceeded with 90% probability
Persons Closely Associated
Power Purchase Agreement
Pence per share
Performance ratio (the ratio of the actual and 
theoretically possible energy outputs)
Packaged Retail and Insurance-Based Investment 
Products
Photovoltaic

TISE 

UK  

The International Stock Exchange (based in the 
Channel Islands)

The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern 
Ireland
The United Kingdom Corporate Governance Code
The UK Financial Conduct Authority

UK Code  
UK FCA 
United Nations Principles   An approach to investing that aims to incorporate
for Responsible  
environmental, social and governance factors into
Investment  
investment decisions, to better manage risk and 
generate sustainable, long term returns

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMSANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS87Alternative Performance Measures  Unaudited

APM

Total return

DEFINITION

PURPOSE

CALCULATION

The percentage increase/(decrease) in NAV, inclusive of 
dividends paid, in the reporting period.

A key measure of the success of the Investment Adviser’s 
investment strategy.

Shareholder Total 
return

The percentage increase/(decrease) in share price, inclu-
sive of dividends paid, in the reporting period.

A measure of the return that could have been obtained by 
holding a share over the reporting period.

Underlying Earnings

Total net income of the Company’s investment portfolio.

A measure to link the underlying financial performance 
of the operational projects to the dividends declared and 
paid by the Company.

NAV per Ordinary Share

The Company’s closing share price on the London Stock 
Exchange for a specified date.

A measure of the value of one Ordinary Share.

Sale of Electricity

The total proportion of revenue generated by the 
Company’s portfolio that is attributable to electricity 
sales.

A measure to understand the proportion of revenue 
attributable to sales of electricity.

The quotient of the NAV per share at the end of the period 
(115.83p) and the NAV per share at the beginning of the 
period (117.01p), plus any dividends paid, minus one 
expressed as a percentage. 

The quotient of the price per share at the end of the 
period (121.4p) and the price per share at the beginning 
of the period (134.5p), plus any dividends paid, minus 
one expressed as a percentage. The measure excludes 
transaction costs.

Total income of the Company’s portfolio minus Group 
operating costs minus Group debt costs.

The net assets attributable to Ordinary Shares on the 
statement of financial position (£471.4m) divided by the 
number of ordinary shares in issue (406,999,622) as at 
the calculation date

The amount of revenue attributable to electricity sales 
divided by the total revenue generated by the Company’s 
portfolio, expressed as a percentage.

Total Revenue

Total net income of the Company’s investment portfolio.

A measure to outline the Total revenue of the portfolio on 
per MWp basis.

Total income of the Company’s portfolio owned for a full 
12 months.

PPA Revenue

Revenue generated through PPAs.

A measure to outline the revenue earned by the portfolio 
from power sales.

Total revenue from all power price sales during the period 
from the Company’s portfolio.

Regulated Revenue

Revenue generated from the sale of FiTs and ROCs.

A measure to outline the revenue earned by the portfolio 
from government subsidies.

Total revenue from all subsidy income earned during the 
period from the Company’s portfolio.

Ongoing charges ratio

The recurring costs that the Company and BSIFIL has 
incurred during the period excluding performance fees 
and one off legal and professional fees expressed as a 
percentage of the Company’s average NAV for the period.

A measure of the minimum gross profit that the 
Company needs to produce to make a positive return for 
Shareholders. 

Calculated in accordance with the AIC methodology 
detailed in the table below.

Weighted Average ROC

A relative indicator of the regulatory revenues within a 
renewable portfolio.

A measure of the Company’s portfolio earnings as a 
proportion of its assets.

Total Regulated Revenue received by the portfolio divided 
by the product of the current market value of a ROC and 
the annual generation capacity of the portfolio. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS88ALTERNATE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APM

DEFINITION

PURPOSE

CALCULATION

Weighted Average Life

The average operational life of 
the Company’s portfolio.

A measure of the Company’s 
progress in extending the life 
of its portfolio beyond the end 
of the subsidy regime in 2036.

Directors’ Valuation

The gross value of the SPV 
Investments held by BSIFIL, 
including their holding 
companies minus Project level 
debt.

An estimate of the sum that 
would be realised if the 
Company’s portfolio was sold 
on a willing buyer, willing 
seller basis.

Gross Asset Value

The Market Value of all Assets 
within the Company.

A measure of the total value of 
the Company’s Assets.

A reconciliation of the 
Directors’ Valuation to 
Financial assets at fair value 
through profit and loss 
is shown in Note 8 of the 
financial statements.

A reconciliation of the 
Directors’ Valuation to 
Financial assets at fair value 
through profit and loss 
is shown in Note 8 of the 
financial statements.

The total assets attributable 
to Ordinary Shares on the 
Statement of Financial 
Position.

Total Outstanding Debt

The total outstanding balances 
of all debt held within the 
Company and its subsidiaries.

A measure that is used to 
establish the Company’s level 
of gearing.

The sum of the Sterling 
equivalent values of all loans 
held within the Company.

Ongoing Charges

Year to 30 June 2021

Fees to Investment Adviser

Legal and professional fees

Administration fees

Directors’ remuneration

Audit fees

Other ongoing expenses

Total ongoing expenses

Average NAV

Ongoing Charges (using AIC methodology)

The Company
(£’000)

363

156

319

227

74

205

1,344

BSIFIL
(£’000)

3,402

32

- 

12

38

334

3,818

Total
(£’000)

3,765

188

319

239

112

539

5,162

453,286,421

1.14%

LITTLE BEAR

89